इंटरनेट मानक

Disclosure to Promote the Right To Information

Whereas the Parliament of India has set out to provide a practical regime of right to
information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities,
in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority,
and whereas the attached publication of the Bureau of Indian Standards is of particular interest
to the public, particularly disadvantaged communities and those engaged in the pursuit of
education and knowledge, the attached public safety standard is made available to promote the
timely dissemination of this information in an accurate manner to the public.

“जान1 का अ+धकार, जी1 का अ+धकार” “प0रा1 को छोड न' 5 तरफ”

Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan Jawaharlal Nehru
“The Right to Information, The Right to Live” “Step Out From the Old to the New”

IS 875-1 (1987): Code of Practice For Design Loads (Other

Than Earthquake)For Buildings And Structures, Part 1: Dead
Loads - Unit Weights of Building Material And Stored
Materials (Incorporating IS 1911 : 1967) [CED 37:
Structural Safety]

“!ान $ एक न' भारत का +नम-ण”

Satyanarayan Gangaram Pitroda
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”

“!ान एक ऐसा खजाना > जो कभी च0राया नहB जा सकता ह”

है”
ह
Bhartṛhari—Nītiśatakam
“Knowledge is such a treasure which cannot be stolen”
 IS : 875 (Part I) - 1987
(Incorporating IS: 1911 - 1967)
(Reaffirmtd 2003 )

Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART t DEAD LOADS - UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIALS AND
STORED MATERIALS

(Second Revision)
Eighth Reprint SEPTEMBER 2003

UDC 624:042 : 006:76

C Copyright 1989

BUR E A U OF I N D I A N S TAN DAR D S

MANAK. BHAVAN, 9, BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002

Gr 12 F ebruary 19M'}
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) • t987

CONTENTS
PAGB

O. FOREWORD 3
1. ScOPE 4
2. BUILDING MATERIALS 4

TABLE 1 UNIT WEfOHT OF BIJlLDINCi MATERIALS

1. Acoustical material 4
2. Aggregate, coarse 4
3. Aggregate. fine 4
4. Aggregate, organic 4
S. Asbestos 4
6. Asbestos cement building pipes 4
7. Asbestos cement gutters 5
8. Asbestos cement pressure pipes 5
9. Asbestos cement sheeting 5
10. Bitumen S
1 J. Blocks 5
lZ. Boards S
13. Bricks 6
14. Brick chips and broken bricks 6
IS. Brick dust ( SURKHI) 6
J6. Cast iron, manhole covers 7
]7. Cast iron, manhole frames 7
18. Cast iron pipes 7
19. Cement 7
20. Cement concrete, plain 7
21. Cement concrete, prestressed 8
22. Cement concrete, reinforced 8
23. Cement concrete pipes 8
24. Cement mortar 8
25. Cement plaster 8
26. Cork 8
27. Expanded metal 8
28. Felt, bituminous for waterproofing and damp-proofing 9
29. Foam slag, foundry pumice 9
30. Glass 9
31. Gutters, asbestos cement 9
32. Gypsum 9
33. Iron 9
34. Lime 9
35. Linoleum 10
36. Masonry brick 10
37. Masonry, stone 10
38. Mastic asphalt 10
39. Metal sheeting, protected 10
40. Mortar 10
41. Pipes II
42. Plaster 16
43. Sheeting 16
44. Siagwool 17
IS : 87S ( Part 1 ) • t987 PAGB

45. Soils and gravels 17

46. Steel sections 17
47 Stone 25
48. Tar, coal 25
49. Thermal insulation 25
SO. Terra cotta 26
SI. Terrazzo 26
52. Tiles 26
53. Timber 26
54. Water 28
55. Wood-wool building slabs 28
3. BUILDING PARTS AND COMPONENTS

TABLE 2 UNIT WEIGH1S OF BUILDING PARTS OR COMPONENTS

1. Ceilings 29
2. Cement concrete, plain 29
3. Cement concrete, reinforced 29
4. Damp-proofing 29
5. Earth filling 29
6. Finishing 29
7. Flooring 29
8. Roofing 30
9. Walling 31
4. STORE AND MISCBLLANEOUS MATER.IALS 31
APPENDIX A UNIT WEIGHTS OF STORB AND MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

1. Agricultural and food products 32

2. Chemicals and allied materials 33
3. Fuels 33
4. Manures 34
S. Metals and alloys 34
6. Miscellaneous materials 36
7. Ores 37
8. Textiles, paper and allied materials 37

2
 AMENDMENT NO. 1 DECEMBER1997
TO
IS 875 (PART 1 ) : 1987 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGNLOADS(OTHERTHAN EARTIIQUAKE)FOR
BUILDINGS ANDSTRUCTURES
PART 1 DEAD LOADS - UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING
MATERIALS AND STORED MATERIALS
( Secolul Revision )

(Page 10, Table 1, coil, Item 39 ) - Substitute "Metal sheeting, Protected

Galvanized Steel Sheet.'! and Plain' for 'Metal Sheeting, Protected Galvanized
Steel Sheets, Plain and Corrugated ',

( CEO 37 )
Pnnted at 'Illh:O Pnntmg Pre'):l. lklh.

Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART 1 DEAD LOADS - UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING MATERIAU AND
STORED MATERIALS
( Second Revision)
o. FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard (Part I) (Second
Revision) was adopted by the E rreau of Indian
Standards on 30 October 1987, after the draft
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional
Committee had been approved by the Civil
Engineering Division Council.
0.2 A building has to perform many functions
satisfactorily. Amongst these functions are the
utility of the building for the intended use and
occupancy. structural safety, fire safety; and
compliance- with hygienic. sanitation, ventilation
and daylight standards. The design of the build-
ing is dependent upon the minimum requirements
prescribed for each of the above functions. The
minimum requirements pertaining to the struc-
tural safety of buildings are being covered in this
code by way of laying down minimum design
loads which have to be assumed for dead loads,
imposed loads, snow loads and other external
loads, the structure would be required to bear.
Strict conformity to loading standards recom-
mended in this code, it is hoped. will not only
ensure the structural safety of the buildings
which are being designed and constructed in the
country and thereby reduce the hazards to life
and property caused by unsafe structures, but
also eliminate the wastage caused by assuming
unnecessarily heavy loadings.
0.3 This Indian standard code of practice was
first published in 1957 for the guidance of civil
engineers, designers and architects associated
with planning and design of buildings. It included
the provisions for the basic design loads (dead
loads, live loads, wind loads and seismic loads)
to be assumed in the design of buildings. In its
first revision in 1964, the wind pressure provisions
were modified on the basis of studies of wind
phenomenon and its effect on structures, under-
taken by the special committee in consultation
with the Indian Meteorological Department. In
addition to this, new clauses on wind loads for
butterfly type structures were included; wind
pressure coefficients for sheeted roofs both
curved and sloping, were modified; seismic load
provisions were deleted (separate code having
3
IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1987
been prepared) and metric system of weights
and measurements was adopted.
0.3.1 With the increased adoption of the code,
a number of comments were received on pro-
visions on live load values adopted for different
occupancies. Simultaneously, live load surveys
have been carried out in America and Canada to
arrive at realistic live loads based on actual
determination of loading ( movable and immova-
ble) in different occupancies. Keeping this in
view and other developments in the field of wind
engineering, the Sectional Committee responsible
for the preparation of the standard has decided
to prepare the second revision in the following
five parts:
Part 1 Dead loads
Part 2 Imposed loads
Part 3 Wind loads
Part 4 Snow loads
Part 5 Special loads and loads combinations
Earthquake load is covered in a separate
standard. namely IS: 1893·1984· which should
be considered along with the above loads.
0.4 This standard deals with dead loads to be
assumed in the design of buildings and same is
given in the-form of unit weight of materials. The
unit weight of other materials that are likely to be
stored in a building are also included for the pur-
pose of load calculations due to stored materials,
0.4.1 This 'standard incorporates IS: 1911t
published in 1967. The unit weight of materials
incorporated in this standard are based on
information available through published Indian
standards and various other publications.
0.4.2 The values given in this standard have
been rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960:.
"Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
( third revision ).
t Schedule of unit weights of building materials l fir SI
revision ).
tRules for rounding off numerical values ("~"Ied).
IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1987

1. SCOPE NOTE I - tohle I lives ,h~ unit WC,ltht nla~~ or

1.1 This code ( Part I ) covers unit weight/mass
of rnatenals, and parts or components In a
buildmg that a ppty to the determination of
dead loads In the deslln of buildmgs.
1.1.J The umt weight/mass of matenals that
arc likely to be stored in a building are also spe-
cified for the purpose of load calculations along
with angles of mternal fncnon as appropriate
individual burldm• ."atcrlals 1M .11Ilhahelll...1I order,
Table 2 covets the unu ~C''lhf fll.IS4i 0' p,lIt ... or
components of d bUlhhng and Appendix A ~I\ C\
unu welaht mal' of stored III0 tcnals
2. BUILDING MATERJ4LS
2.1 The UI1I1 \'elght/mass of mntenale used in
buddmg construction arc specified III Table I

TABLE 1 lNIT WEIGHT OF BlIILJ>ING MATERIALS

MAT&RIAL NOMIN4L Sill! WEICiIIT/M ASS
OR THICKNESS ,----- _._---~---------~
mm kN k¥ per
(I) (2) P) (4) (5)
Acousucol Mottr/1I1
Eelgrass 10 1
'70 x 10- to 7 6S x 10 • 058 to 0 7~ m'
Glass fibre 10 , 80 x 10 • o ,q
H,Uf JO Iq 10 x 10 I , 9~

Minerai wool 10 1345 )( 10 • I '7

SI88 wool 265 270 ~.
Cork 2 35 ~40

2 A6gH·'Q/~. Coars«
Broken stone balla't '
Dry, well-shaken IS 70 to 18 1S 1 600 to I 870
Perfectly wet 18 as to 21 9S 1 920 to 2 240
Shanlles. 3 to 38 mm 143S 1460
Broken bricks:
Fane 1420 1450
Coarse 9QO 1010
foam sial ( foundry pumice) 68S 100
Cmder" 785 800

Aggr~gQte, FIn~

Sand:
Dry. clean IS 10 to 15'70 J 540 to 1600
River 18 OS 1 840
Wet 17 25 to 1960 1 760 to 2000
Brack dust ( SURKHI ) 990 1010
4. "',r"ol" Or,lInic
S~W dust. loose J 55 160
Peat:
Dry 5 SOto 6'30 560 to 640
Sandy, compact 78S 800
Wet, compact 13'35 J 360
S, AfINstOI
Felt JO OJ45 J5 m'
Fibres:
Pressed 9'40 960 rnl
Sprayed 10 002 2 m'
Natural 29'80 3CMO ml
Raw
"!to to "S' 600 to 900

6. AsblsIOS Cement B",I/d/~ P'~I

\ su under 41 • PIpe. In w.table)

·AJao Uled for fiUIn, purpo...

(Colltl".d)

4
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1987

TABLE I UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS - Contd

MATERIAL NOr,UNAI. S17"e WEIOHT/MASS
OR THICKNESI
rom
,.---------""'""---
kN kl
----~
per
(1) (2) (3) (4) (~)

., ASMstnl ~"""t Gutt.re;

[ e;te IS : 1626 ( Part 2 )-I Q80· )
Boundry wall lutters
400 )( 150 )( 2SO mm 12 , 016 160 m
450 x ISO )( 1COmm 125 016 160
3fO x 150 x 225 mm ]25 013 130
275 x 12~ x 175 mm 100 008S 8S
Valley lutters
900 x 200 x 22~ mm 12 S 0245 248
6('0 x ISO x 225 mm 125 0160 161
450 x 12S x 1~0 mm 12 S 0145 146
4('0 x 12S x 2S0 mm 12 S 0130 132
Half round lutters
ISOmm 9 S o Cl43 44
2S0mm 95 0079 81
300mm 95 0087 89

ASMSloI Ce.nt Pressure Pipe,

( stt under 41 'Pipes' In thiS table)

9 Asbestos Cement She~t""

( se« IS . 459-J9701' )
Corrugated ( pitch - J46 mm) 6 o 118 to 0 130 120 to 13 3 ml
Seml-corrogated (pitch - 340 mm) 6 o Jl8 toO 127 120 to 13 0
Plam 5 009 916

10 B,tumtn 0102 1040 ml

Jl BloC'ks
Lime-based solid blocks 865 to 12 5S 880 to I 280
( see IS 3115.1<i18t)
Hollow (open and closed cavity
concrete blocks)
(see IS 2185 ( Part I )-19791 )
Grade A 141 144
( load beannl )
Grade B 1 41 to 094 144 to 96
( load bearanl )
Grade C 1 41 to 094 144 to 96
( non-load beanna )
Solad concrete blocks 176S 1800

12 Boards
Cork board~

Compressed JO 004 4 ml
Ordinary 10 002 2
FIbre bulldmg boards
( s,e IS . J658-197711 )
6 0028 to 0 (\47 288 to 4 80
r 8 0018 toO 061 384 to 6 40
MedIum hardboard ~ 10 0041 to 0 078 480 to 8 00
L 12 0056 toO 095 S 76 to 960

.Specillcation for asbestos cement bUIJJ.&n& pipes and pipe 6tttn&!, lutters and lutter fiumls and cootin,
ftnlnls· Part 2 Gutters and .utter fittanp (first revision)
f'SpeaficatJon for unrelDforced corrupted and semr-cerrugated asbestos cement sheets ( sIcond r,,,u,on ).
~Speclflcatlon for hme based block ( /irst revision)
lSpecificatlon for concrete masonry unns: Part I Hollow and solld concrete blocks ( second revisso« ).
IISpeclficall(m for fibre hardboards ( slCond revision )
( COll/llllltd)

s
IS : 875 ( Part I ) • 1987.

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIAI.S Comd

NOMINAL SIZI WF.IGIIT/MASS
MATERIAL
Ok THICKNESS
mm kN
,---"._-------
kll
....
per
II) (2) (4) (5)

O'(l~t 10 0 O,olj,

{~
2-40 to 3'60 m"
Siandard hardboard 00Jllo0047 3-2010 480
0-0.19100059 4-0010 6-00
Tempered hardboard { g 0-047 to 0-071
0-071 100-'06
4-8010
7-2010
7-20
10-80
Fire insulalion hoard 9 0-015 3'6
I _'u IS : 3348-1965·) 12 0047 4-8
Fibre insulation board, 18 0'071 72
ordinary or flame-retardalll 25 0-098 100
lyre- bitumen-hounded fibre
insulalion board
Gypsum plaster b"ards 9-5 0-069 10 0 098 7-0 1010-0
( Ite IS : 209S·1982t ) { 12-5 0-09.1 to 0-147 9-5 1015-0
IS 0-110 10 [l-154 11-25 to 15-75
Insulalinll board I fibre ) 12 0-0_l4 3-5
Laminated board ( fibre) 6 0-034 3-5
Wood particle boards
( _'ee IS : 3087-1985:)
Desillnalion:
FPSI 4-90 to 8-85 SOlI to 900 m'
FPTH 4-90 to 8-85 5(8) to SOO
XPSO 490 (I> 8'K~, SOO 10 9JlO
XPTU 4-,)() 10 8 85 SOO 10900
Wood particle boards for 3-90 400
insulation purposes
( IU IS: 3129.198S§)
Hillh density wood parlicle
boards ( SH IS : 3478·196611 )
Type I, Grade A 0-\17 12 m'
Type I, Grade B 0-088 9
Type 2, Grade A 0-117 12
Type 2, Grade B 0-088 9

Non 1 - Den.by of medium hardboard varies from 3S0 10 800 kg/m'_

Non 2 - Density of normal hardboard varies from 800 10 I 200 kg -01',
Non 3 - Densily of lempered hardboard variel according 10 treatment. The aclual value may be had from Ihe
manufacfuren.
NOTE 4 - All the three Iypes of hardboards are manufaclured 10width of 1-2 m.

13. Brick.
Common burnt clay bri~ks 15-70 10 J8-85 160010 I 920 m"
( see IS : 1077·1')8711 )
Enlline«inll bricks 21-20 2160
Heavy duly bricks 24-S0 2 SOO
( see IS : 2180-19SS" )
Pressed bricks 17-25 to 18-05 1760 to 1840
Refractory bricks 17-251019'60 1760 10 2000
Sand cement bricks IS-OS 1840
Sand lime bricks 20-40 2080

14. B,i,-k Chop. tmd Bmb" Bricks

( see under 2 'Broken bricks<
in Ihislable )

I S. Brick DUll ( SURKHI) 9"0 1010

'Specificalion for fibre insulation board..

tSpecification for llYpaum plasler boards (fir., ,nl,IOII),
tSpecification for wood \l8rticle boards ( medium density) for leneral ptIl'po1el (first _1,IDIt ).
§S:>«ificatlon for low density particle boards (fir., ....lslDlt ),
IISpedfication for hillh density wood \l8r1icle boards•
• Speclficalion for common burnt clay buildinl bricks ( I_,it ....I,/DIt ).
"Specification for heavy-duly burnt clay buildin. brlcka ( HCtHtd ,nl,ltllt ).
(COIIli_d)

6
 IS: 87~ (Part 1 ). 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT 0." BUILDING l\1ATERIAI:S - Conld

MATERIAL NOMIN o\L SIZE ,
WEIGHT/M
..A._-
4SS
OR TttlCKNESS
~ . _

-_._-*'\
mm kN kg per
(I) (2) 0) (4) (5)

16. Cost/ron. Manhole Covers

(s~~ IS : 1726-)

Double triangular ( HD ) ~()(} I'J6 118 Cover

560 1'17 J40
Circular ( HD ) 500 1 16 118
S60 )"7 140
Circular ( MD ) ~OO O'~7 S8
560 0'61 64
Rectan.ular ( ~D ) 0'78 80
Rectanlular ( LD ) :
Slnale sea I ( Pattern 1 ) 0'23 23
( Pattern 2) o 15 15
Double seal 0'28 29
Square ( LD) :
Sinalc seal ~S5 0'13 13
610 0'25 26
Double seal 4S5 0-23 23
610 0'36 37

17. Cast rrmr,Manhole Frames

( see IS : 1726- )
Double triangular ( HD ) 5('0 1'09 III Frame
560 1'13 115
Circular ( HD ) 500 O'S3 S5
560 )'06 lOS
Circular ( MD ) 500 0'57 58
S60 0'63 64
Rectangular (MD) 0'63 64
Reetangu lar ( LD ) :
Single seal ( Pattern 1 ) 015 15
( Pattern 2) 0'10 10
Double seal 0-23 23
Square ( lO ) :
Single seal 4SS 0'07 7
610 0'13 13
Double seal 455 0'15 15
610 0'18 J8

18_ Cast Iron P;P~,f

( see under 41 'Pipes' in this table)

19. Cement
( see IS : 269-1976t )
Ordinary and aluminous J4'IO 1440 m
Ra pid-hardem na 12'55 J 280

20_ Cement Concrete, Plain

Aerated 7'45 760
No--ftnes, with heavy algregate IS'70 to 18'80 I 600 to 1 ~20
No-fines. with liaht aagregate 8'65 to 12 5S 880 to 1 280
\Vith burnt clay Ulregate ]7'25 to 21"20 J760102160
With expanded clay aureg_te 940 to 16'50 ~60to 1680
\\/ith clinker aureaate 12'~S to 17'25 1 280 to I 760
With pumice 8"resate 5'50 to J 1-00 Sf\O to 1 120
Wnh sand and aravel or crushed 22-00 to 23'50 2240 to 2 400
natural stone aureaate
With saw dust 6-30 to 16-50 640 to 1 680
With foamed slag auregate 9-40 to 18-05 960 to 1840

·Specification for cast iron manhole covers and frame •.

tSpeclfacation for ordinary and low heat Portland cement ( third revlsion )-
(C()ntmu~d )

7
IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) • 1981

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OP BUILDING MATERIALS - CtMtd

M'TER'AL NOMINAL 5•• ,....-_ _ _ _ _WEI('HT,' MAss _ _ _ _
_ ..A.-.-_._ ~

0It THICItN_
mm kN k. per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
21, Cem~nl Coneret«, Prestr~ued 2)'~0 2400 ml
( conforminl to IS : 1343-1980·)

22, Cement COIf(',.e/~. Rtinforced

With sand and ,ravel or crushed
natural stone aaarepte:
With I percent steel 22'75 10 ~4'20 2310 to 2470
With 2 percent steel 2)'25 to 24'80 2 370 to 2 5:lO
With 5 percent steel 24'80 to 26'50 2530 to 2 700

23, C~m'''t Conerett P;pts

( se« under 41 •Pipes' in
this table)

24, Ce",e", Mortar 20'40 2 080

25, Ctmtnt Plasttr 20'40 2080

26, Cork 2'35 240

27_ Expanded Mdal

( conform;n. to IS : 412-1975t ~
Reference Size of Mesh, Nominal
No, ,..----.A ~
SWM LWM
mm mm
1 100 250 0'0'0 3,OS ml
2 100 250 0'024 2'47
3 ICO 250 0'016 J'6O
4 7S 200 0'042 4'28
S 75 200 0'032 3-29
6 75 200 0-021 2-14
7 40 ItS O'OSO 8-02
8 40 lIS 0-060 6-17
9 40 75 0'060 6'17
10 40 75 0'028 2'S5
II 40 115 0'039 4'01
12 40 75 0-039 4'01
13 40 lIS 0'020 2'04
14 40 75 0'020 2'04
IS 25 75 0'054 5'53
16 25 75 O'O~S 3'93
17 25 7S 0'028 2'SI
18 25 75 0'021 2'19
19

....
20 60 0-070 7'15
20 20 50 0'070 7'1'
21
22
20
20
60
SO
0'050
0-050 ,-og
5'09
23 20 60 0'036 3-63
24 20 '0 0'036 3-63
25 20 60 0'021 2-18
26 20 '0 0-021 2'IS
27 12" 50 O'OSO 5'04 h
28 12" 40 0'050 5'04 ,.
29 12'5 50 0'040 4'00
30 12" 50 0'030 3-13
31 J2'5 40 0'030 3-13
32 12-5 50 0'025 2·50
33
34
3'36
12·'
1.0
10
:s
40
0'025
O-OSO
0'035
2'50
"98
3·59
10 40 0-028 2·.7
·Code of practice for pretUelscd concrete (/i", """'011 ).
tSpecification for expanded metal Iteel lbeell 'or . . . . .1 purpolel ( ,«0IIII ,,,111011 ).
( COllliMlltl)

8
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) • 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS - Contd

MATERIAL NOMrNAL SIZE ,..- WEIGHT
------..A. 1MASS _
OR THICKN!U
rom kN kl
(1) (2) (3) (4)

Reference Size of Mesh, Nommal

No. ,-----_A ------...
SWM LWM
mm mm
37 95 285 OO~O ~ 19 m'
38 95 28 S 0028 28t
39 95 285 0020 209
40 6 25 0074 7 ss
41 6 2' 0048 .. 88
42 6 25 0018 ](0
43 5 20 OO~O , 01
44 3 15 0041 428 .r

28 Felt. Bituminous lor Wtllerproo/i',.,

and Damp·proofing
( sn IS 1322-1982·)
Fibre base
Type 1 ( Underlay) 834 x 10- e 08'
Type 2 ( Self-finished felt )
Grade I 21 48 x 10 1 219
Grade 2 3021 x 10 • 308
Hessran base
Type 3 ( Self-finIShed felt )
Grade 1 21 87 x 10- 1 223
Grade 2 )570 x 10 I 364
NOTE 1 - The welsht of untreated based shall be taken al 10 the dry condition
NOTE 2 - The weights liven above are mdicanve of the total weight of Inlredlents used an the manufacture
of felt and not of the Ingredients determined from a phYSical analySIS of the fimshed material

19 Foam Sial. Foundry Pumic~ 68S 700 ml

30 Glass ( se« IS 2835·1977t)

(20 0049 ~O

Sheet
H40
0062
0074
OM8
63
7S
100
50 0123 12 s
t 5 5
65
01'4
0167
1'\ 7
170

31 Gutters, As~stos Cement ( see under

7 'Asbestos cement ,utter' 10
this table)

32 Gypsllm
Qypsum mortar J1 75 1200 ml
o ypsum powder 1389 to 1725 1 410 to 1 760

33 Iron
PI' 7060 7200
Oray. cast 6895 to 6' 90 7030 to 7130
White. cast 7430 to 7' 70 7 5S0 to 7 720
Wroulht 75 SO 7700

34 L'11W
LIme concrete With burnt clay 1880 1920
aurelate
·Sreclfi~tlon for bitumen felts tor waterprooftna and damp-proofina ( 'hlrd ,..,islon ).
fSpeclficatlon for flat transparent sheet ,lass (SICOU rension )
( Co"tinued )

9
IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1'87

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS - COIIld

MAT1!R'AL NOMINAL S'Z11 WEIGHT/MASS
OR THICKNESS r------~'-------
kN
___
mm ka per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Lime mortar 15'70 to 18'05 I 600 10 I 840 m'
Lime plaster \7'25 1760
Lime 5Ione in lumPl. uncalcined 12'55 to 14'10 128010 I 440
Lime. unslaked. freshly burnt 8'60 to 10'20 880 10 I 040
in pieces
Lime slaked, fresh 5'7010 6'30 580 to 640
Lime slaked, aftor 10 days 7'85 800
Lime, unslaked ( KANKAR) 11'55 I 180
Lime. slaked ( ICANICAR) 1000 1020
35, LI"o/~"m ( Ire IS : 653·1980"')
0'0569 5'8 m'
Sheets and tiles 0'040 2 4'1
0'026 5 1'7
00215 2'2

36, MUlo".,. Brl.k

Common burnl clay bricks IU5 1920 m'
Enaineerina bricks n55 2400
Glazed bricks 20'40 2080
Pressed bricks 22'00 2240
37, MUlotr,y. SIO_
Casl 22'55 2 soo
Dry rubble 20'40 2080
Granhe ashlar 25"0 2640
Granite rubble 23'55 2400
J.ime stone ashlar 25')0 2560
Marble dressed 26'50 2700
Sand slono 22'00 2240
38, Multi. Alphall 10 0'215 22 m'
39, M"ul Sht~I;",. P'o'~,,~d
Gul.u"lzed Slt~1 SM~". Plul"
u"d Co"",uud ( se« IS : 277·1985t)
I '60 0'131 13'31
1'26 0'104 10'56
Class I 1'00 0'084 8'60
{ 0'80 0'069 7'03
0'63 0'056 5'70
I'60 0'129 13'16
1'25 0'102 10'41
CII .. 2 1'00 0'083 8'45
{ 0'80 0'067 6'88
0'63 0'054 5'55
l ' 60 0'128 13'01
Class 3
i 1'25
1'00
0'80
lO'63
I' 60
0'101
0'081
0'066
0'053
0'127
10'26
8'30
6'73
5'40
12'94
1'25 0'100 10'19
CII.. 4 1'00 0'081 8'22
{ 0'80 0'065 6'66
0'63 0'052 5'32
40, Mortu,
Cemenl 20'40 2080 m"
G)p.um JI'80 1200
Lime 15'7010 18'05 1600 to 1 840
·Speclflcation for linoleum sheets and tile. ( I~ottd , ••,lIt1II ).
tspeciflcalion for plvanized steel sheet. ( plain and col'l'lll8tecl ) (fo.,,11 _i,l"" ).
(Ct1IIli""rd)

10
 IS : 875 ( Part I ) • 1917

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OP BUILDING MATERIALS - COII,d

MATI!alAL NOMINAL Size WEIGHT/MASS
-A_ _ _ _ , .._ _- - - .
OR THICKNESS
rom kN kl per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
41. :PI,.,

{~
0'032 to 0'034 3'3 to 3'5 m'
60 0'032 to 0'043 3'3 to 4'4
80 0'0'1 to 0'0'" "2 to S·,
Aabcltos cement pipes 90 0'052 to 0'060 S'3 to 6'J
(M~ IS : J626 (Part) 1·1980- J 100 O'OS8 to 0..0 6' '-9 to 6'6
125 0"072 to 0'086 7'3 to 8'S
ISO 0'086 to 0'108 8'S to IJ'O
so
80
0'OS6
0'067 "7
6'8
rM100 0'090 9'2

r
Asbeitoa cement pre.ure 0'139 14'2
pipes ( 8"
IS : 1592·19801' )
200
0'17S
0'264
17'8
26'9
250 0'380 388
300 0'S39 5S
east iron pipes:
Rainwater pipes
( . , IS : 12l()'1979t)
0'073 7'5 pipe
JSSO
75 0'108 11'0
100 0'137 14-0
Standard overall lenlth ll2S 0'196 20'0
1'8 m with locket 150 0'255 26'0
50 0'064 6'5
75 0-093 9-S
Standard overall lenlth
l' 5 m with socket i reo
125
Lisa
0'123
0'172
0'230
J2-'
17'5
23'5
Prcsaure pipes for water,
... anclsew...:
a) Centrifuaally calt
( 1ft IS ~ .536-197'1 )

i) Socket uad 'Pilot pipes:

Barrel:
80 1'144 14'7 m
100 O'J82 J8-6
125 0'237 24'2
ISO 0-2Q 5 30'1
200 0'432 44'0
:50 0'582 59'3
300 0'750 76'5
Clus LA 350 0'9'" ~6'3
400 1'146 116'9
450 1'383 J41'O
SOO 1'620 165'2
600 2'1$6 219'8
700 2-711 28~'2
750 3'111 317'2
80 0'151 16'0
100 0'201 20·5
125 0259 26'4
JSO 0'326 33'2
200 0'472 48'1
250 0'637 65'0
Class A 300 0'824 84'0
350 1"030 10S'0
4CO 1'262 128'7
4S0 I-S30 JS6'0
500 1'775 181'0
·Specification for asbestos cement buiJdinas pipes and pipe fittinlS, luttus and luttcr littin.s and footing
6uinls: Part I Pipes and pipe fluinas (first revtuon ).
tSpecification for asbeslos cement pressure pipes ( 8«0l1li "v[llon ),
tSpcciftcation for cast iron rainwater pipes and flttin.. ( I«OM ,nil/OIl).
§Specification for centriruplly cast ( spun) iron pressure pipes for water, au and sewaae (second revision ).
( Continuf'd )

11
IS : 87S ( Part 1 ) • 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS - Contd

MATI!RIAL NOMINAL SIZE WEIOHT,'MASS
OR THICKNESS r----------'---------~
mm kN kl per
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
"600 2 367 241'4 m
Class A \,700 3056 311'6
750 3'422 3489

r100
80
125
0'172
0216
0281
17 3
220
287
)50 0352 359
1200 0511 52 1
~ 250 0692 706
Clasa B 100 o 8'l6 9)'4

l~
J 122 Jl4'5
) 368 1395
450 I 657 J69 0
5()() ]'Q29 1'6'7
l~
2578 2629
700 3'317 338 2
750 3 733 3806

r100
80
J25
0054
0069
0090
0113
5'S
71
9'2
ns
S~~et

1'\0
200 o 165 16 8
250 o 2:!5 22'9
Sockets for Class LA, Class A 100 0292 29'S
and Class B barrels 350 o 368 37 5
400 0454 46'3
450 o 54C) 560
500 0'647 66'0
600 0876 89'3
700 J 145 1168
7S0 1'292 131 7
ii) Flanged pipe with screwed
ftanlcs:
Barrel:
Class A 80 to 300 Same as for centrirulally cast socket and.
spigot pipes, Class A
Class B 80 to 300 Same as for centnru.ally ca.t locket and
Spllot pipe., Class B
so 0042 4'3 FJanle

rso
100 0049 SO

r
125 0065 66
Flanf:S for Class A and 0080 82
C ass B barrels 2....0 0'112 Jl4
250 0144 147
300 0182 J86
b) Vertically calt socket and
(~~eo~i~Pf~37.1976·)
Barrel:
SO}
to Same as for centrafuplly cast socket and SPllot
pipes, Class A
7SO
SOO 382 389 m
Class A 900 465 474
1000 55Q 570
1100 659 672
1 2('0 7'67 781
...1 500 11 98 J 222 "
Same as for centrifugally cast socket and
SO}
to
750
SPIIot pipes, Class B

800 4'IS 423 m

ClauS 900 "07 516
1000 607 619
1100 7'13 719
1200 8')5 851
1500 13"07 1 33]
·Specification for vertically cut iron pressur~ pipes for water, gas and lew.le (/irst r~';$ion ).
( COI,tinwd)

12
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 l - 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS - Contd

MATERIAL NOMINAL ~IZI: \\ EIGHT/MASS
OR THICkNrsS ,--- .14.. ~

mm kN kg per
(1) (2) (1) (4) (5)
r 80} Same as for centrifuga lly cast socket and

~I
7~~ SPliot pipes, Class A and <..Ia!)s B
Socket for Class A and 800 1 45 147 Socket
Class B barrels 900 1 7~ 182
1 000 2 18 222
J 100 2 60 265
L~ ~~ ~ ~r ~~~
c) Sand cast C ftanaed papes )
Barrel-
Same 8S for centrifugally cast socket and

J 7!g}
, .." got pipes. Class A
Class A SOOt Same as for vertically cast socket and
II s~J spigot pipes, <.Iass A

~}
Same as for ~entrarugally cast socket and

{
spigot pipes, Class 8
Class B
Same as for vertically calt socket and spigot
to} pipes, Class D
1500

r ~~ 80 0016
0041
l~ FIance
o OS2 S3
ISO 0066 67

I 200 0091 93
250 o JI1 120
'\00 o 145 148
350 o 186 ly 4
4()() 0229 234
Flanges for Clas, A and 450 0250 265
Class B Darrels SOO O'IS 32 1
600 0431 440
700 0581 599
750 o 68S 6q 8
800 0792 808
<00 0(28 946
1000 1 ]8 1200
1100 J 18 Jl90
170 1730

Concrete pipes (lee IS 458·1971·)

l 1 200
101)00 211 2762

80 019 19 m
100 022 22

<"Ia~s
NPI (unremforced ~
r 1410
2~0
0'0
040
11
41
069 70
non-pressure pipes)
I ~~ 084
095
86
97
l~ 117 JJ9
o 196
rI 80
1f'0
ISO
0215
0324
20
24
33
2410 0510 52
100 0736 75
Class NP2 ( reinforced concrete, light
duty, non-pressure PIpes)
I 150
400
0(02
1 02
92
104
450 1 26 128
500 I 38 141
600 1 89 193

1 700
800
900
2 19
281
3 'I

·Spccaficatlon for concrete pipe. ( with and without remforcement ) ( s«ond revisro« )
2:!3
287
358

(Conrmued)

13
IS : 875( Put 1 ) • 1!18'7

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT oar BUILDING MATBlUALS - CtRftd

MATIitIAL NOMINAL SID WaIGHT/MA.

OR TWICItN.. ..
mm kN k. per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (S)

Clus NP2 ( reinforced concrele, IiShl

1mI 200
~:~
6119
438
525
620
m

duly, nOll-preSiure pipes)

{ 1400
J 600
1800
8'18
9'\13
12'$8
134
1013
1283
240
r 350 r:~
..
i
269

~ete. i~g
297
325
,410
C1us NP3 (reinforced heavytl 470
dUly, non-pressure Plpn) 800 592 604
900 7'39 754
1000 8'13 829
1 100 10']4 1054
1200 11'18 1140
80 0'196 20
100 0'235 24
150 0'324 33
250 0,,.0 52
300 0'736 75
350 0'902 92
400 1'02 104
Cia.. PI ( reinforced concrete pressure 450 1'26 128
pipes safe for 20 MPa pressure lells \ SOO 1'38 141
600 1'89 193
700 2'19 223
800 2"81 287
900 3'51 358
1000 4'30 437
1100 5'IS 525
11 200 6'09 620
80 0'196 20
100 0'235 24
ISO 0'324 33
250 0'608 63
Class P2 ( reinforced concrete pr_ure 300 1'01 103
pipes safe for 40 MPa pressure 350 1'31 134
tests ) 400 1'67 170
450 1'84 188
500 1'56 261
600 3'20 326
80 0'196 20
100 0'235 24
Class P3 ( reinforced concrete pressure ISO 0'324 33
pipes ..te for 60 MPa pressure tOIls) 250 0'736 75
300 1'15 117
{ 350 1'65 168
400 2'04 204
Leadplpn
[ IN IS : 404 ( Part 1 )-1977-)
( service and distribution pipes 10 be laid
undeJ'll'OUlld ) :
1'87
f20
lO
IS
0'018
&031
0'042
3'13
4'24
For worldlll pressure 40 MPa 25 0'060 6'11

1 32
40
50
0'074
0'091
&142
·Specjllcation for lead pipn: Part 1 For otbet than cllemical purposea ( _ d ,..".,,,,, ),
7'50
9'28
1445
....
( CD"""wd)

...
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ). 1987

TABLE. UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS - Colttd

MAT111U41. NoMINAL S,Z. W!t(lHT/MASS
OR"fHICKNIII
mm
,---
kN
.A..
---..
kc pu

r
(I) (1) (3) (4) (5)
0'022 2'26 m
15 0'038 3'83
20 0,050 5'11
For worki. . pr_re 70 MPa 25 0'069 7'03
32 0'1::6 12"80
40 0'175 17'82
For workilll preuure 100 MPa 10 0'029 2'~6
15 0048 4"88
20 0'067 6'86
( ' " Note below )
25 0'105 10'75
( _ Note below)
Service pipes 10 be fixed or
laid above Il'ound:
IO 0'014 1'45
15 O'(l21 2'15
20 0'027 2'74
For workin, pressure 40 MPa 25 0'036 3'67
{ 32 0'059 6'00
40 0'091 9'28
L50 0'142 14'45
lO 0'018 1'81

For workln, pressure 70 MPa f 15

20
25
0'024
O'Q.1O
0'069
2'47
3'1\
7'03
l 32
40
10
0'126
0'175
0'029
12'80
17'82
2'96
For workin, pr_ure 100 MPa ~ 0'048 4'88
0067 6'86
( ", Nole below I
25 0'105 10'75
( IN Note below )

Cold water distribution pipes to

be lIxed or laid above ,round:
lO 0'014

For workin, pressure 25 MPa j15

20
25
32
140
0'021
0'027
0'03&
0'048
0061
l50 O'OS4
IO 0'014
IS 0021
20 0'027
For workln, pressure 40 MPa 25 003'
32 0'059
{ 40 O'~I
50 0'142
Hot water distribution pipes 10 be
lIxed or laid above Il'ound:
po 0'015

{
~ ~,gi:
For workln, preuure 20 MPa 25 O't41
31 0'062
~ ~:1:~
Non - TIle muImum workln, ......ure for tbeN . . 1,90 Mh.
( Colt/(ltwd)

IS
IS : 175 ( Put I ) • 1987 .

TABLE t UNIT WEIGHT Oil' IIUILDING MATEIlIALS - C"IIId

MATIlalAL NOMINA.L SIZI WEIGHT/MAlI
oa THleIeN_ A
man tN q ""'"
per
(I) (2) (3) (4, (5)
0-015 I_50 m
Por workin. preUUN 35 MPa fO 15
20
25
0'027
0"045
0"085
2"34
4-"
8"69
32 0-132 13-51

r~
0-050 5"07
Soil, waste, and soil and wute 0'071 7-48
ventUation pipes
t 100
150
0-097
0'160
'-88
J6"36
0'020 2-09

FlulhiOl and wamin. pipet Jrs32 0'025

0-032
2"56
3-28

Ou pipes:
l: 0-039
0"049
3-95
'-07
0-008 0'81
15 0"017 1"70

Heavy weilht IU ,ipea fO 20

25
32
O-O~5
0'034
0"045
2-60
3'44
""51
40 0-061 '-27
50 0"071 7-20
0"008 0-81
IS 0"012 1-21

Lllht wei,bt Pi pipes fO 20

25
32
0'020
0-029
0"037
2"09
2-99
3"74
40 0"041 4-76
50 0-058 '"87
100 0"137 J4
150 0-216 22
7DO 0'324 33

(I.
230 0-412 42
( •• Note below)
Stoneware, salt-,Iazed pipes 2'0 0-'10 52
IS : 651-1980· ) 300 0'175 79
350 0"980 100
400 1-26 J2,
4'0 1-44 147
1-77 180

42. PItl8ter
( IN GI,D' 'Finisbiq' in Table 2)
= 2"35 240

Cement .20-40 2080 m'

Lime 17-25 17f,O ,t
Acoustic 10 0'018 I ml
Anhydrite 0"206 21
Barium .ulphate
Fibrous
O,I*DD
10
to
)0
10
0'284
0 ...1
0"1845
,
29

l'
43_ SItHI'.
Albeltot ( , . under 9 'AabutOi
cement aIa.tin.' in this table)
OalvlJlized iron ( 1ft under 39 'Metal
*beetlaa. protected' in thi. table)
GlUt ( . . under 30 'Olus' iD thi. table)
Plywood 0'" 0·7
Non - Thi. i. nOD-preferred liu aDd it. _ _ facture I. permitted for a Hml" period.
·Specification for aalt-lluecl .to..".... pi,.. .... lUI... (/...,,, m"").
eC. . . . .)

16
 IS : 875 (Part I ) • 1987

TABU I UNit WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATBltIALS-C_d

MATIalAL NOM'NAL S,u WIIOHT/MASS
OR THICICN811 ,.---- A- ~

~ ~ ~ ~
(\) (2) (3) (4) (5)

2'65 270 m"

45, Soil. a"d Grnull
Aluv,al llround, undislurbed 15'69 1600
Broken stone ballast:
Dry, well-shaken 15-70 to 18'35 160010 I 870
Perfectly we' 18-85.021'95 1920 to 2 240
Chalk 15'70 to 18'85 160010 I 920
Clay:
China, comp",,' 21-9S 2240
Clay fills:
Dry, lumps 10'20 1040
Dry, compacl 14'10 1440
Damp, com pac. 17 2S 1760
"'ct. compact 20-40 2080
Undisturbed 18'85 1920
Undisturbed, llravelly 2040 2080
Earth:
Dry D-8S 101805 I 410 to I 8AO
MoiSi IS 70 to 19-60 1600 to 2000
Gravel:
Loose 1570 I fOO
Rammed 18'R~ to 21-20 I 9~0 to 2160
Kaolin, compact 2S ~O 2600
Loam:
Dry. loose 11-75 r zro
Dry. compacl I~ 711 1600
WeI. compact 18 R~ 1920
loess, dry 1410 1440
Marl, compact 1725101885 I 7(~) to 1 9~0
Mud, river. weI 17"25to 18'85 I 760 1" I 920
Peat:
Dry S-SO to 630 560 10 640
Sandy. compacl 7-85 ROO
We., compact Ins 1 '(,()
Rip-rap 12'SS '0 14 10 I ~80 to I 440
Sand:
Dry, clean IS 101015'70 I <4(\ ",1600
River 18 OS I 840
\\e' 17'2S 10 1960 I 7011 10 2000
Shinllles:
Algregale 3 to 38 mm Il 75 1400
Fine sand:
Dry IS'70 1600
Saturated 2040 2080
Silt, we. 17'2S 10 18-8S I 760 tv 1 920

46, Slut S«:( io".

Hot rolled [ .u IS : 808 ( Pari I )-1978· J
Beam. - Desiana'ion
MB 100 0-113 II'S m
MB 125 0'131 IN
MB ISO 0'147 !s-o
MB 175 0'191 19-5
MB 200 0249 2S-4
MB 22S 0'306 31'2

·DimeNions tor hoI-rolled steel sections: Part 1 MB series ( beams ) ( ..eond r•• IS/OII ),

17
IS • 875 ( Put 1 ) • 1,..,

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OW 8l11LDING MA'lDlALS - ~

MATERIAL NOMINAL51. WSlQI\T/M"1I
oaTHlclt_
mm
" ----.
kN ka per
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

Beam. - Dalipatlon
MB 250 0"365 37'3 m
MB 300 0"452 ~'I
MB350 0'514 52-4
MB 400
M8451l
MB 500
0'604
0-710
0'852
'1"
12'4
16'9
..
MaSSO 1'00 I~
Ma 600 1'21 123
Column. - Deslr-.tlon
I m IS : 808( arU )01918· I
SCl00 0"196 20"0
SC 120 0'257 26'2
SCI40 0'327 33'3
SC I~ 0~4n 4"g
SC 180 0'495 50-5
SC 2GO 0'591 ~'3
SC 220
SC 250
Channal. - Dcalf.':tiOD
0"6fO
0'839 .,'.
10'4

I m IS : 808( art 3 )-1P79t J

MacllUIII waiPl chanDal_ioIII
wllh IloplDI lana.
MC 75
MC100
0"070
0'098
"-14
10'0
..
MCI25 0-165 16'8
MCI50 0"192 19'6
MC 175 0'219 22-'
MC2GO 0'256 26'1
MC 225 0-300 30'6
MC2SO 0'356 36'3
MC 300 0'419 42'7
MC3SO 0"491 SO'I
MC 400
MecIlum walthl channal aectlOllI wllll
PIlrallel ftansn ( _ NOla balow )
MCP 7'
MCP 100
0'070
0'094
7-14
9-56
....
MCP 125
MCP 150
0-128
0'165
13-1
16'S ...
MCP 175
MCP 200
Mep 22'
0'192
0-219
0'256
19"
22'3
26-1
..
Mep 250 0"300 30-6
MCP 300
MCP 350
MCP400
0'356
0"419
0"491
36'3
42'7
SO-I
..
~Ull lea .nsln - SiZI
,n IS : llOO ( Part 5 )-I9'76t I
ISA2029 n: ~-::r r.r m

ISA 2525
{'-0
~:g :gU
0'01'
n .
I" ..
3'O 0'014 1'4
ISA 3030 0'011 1-' ..
{ 4'0
"0 0'022 2'2
NoTa - Thue 1ellIl0Dl ........IID ... dnelopmeatal ..... and mQ' ba a",lJabJa aubjeat to ..,....••
with tlla manufaetunr,

"DI_ion. lorllol-rol......ealteti-= Part 2 Columna - SC ....... ( - - -::::J

IDlmanslon. tor hot-rollad llealtetlODll hrt 3 ClllJanall, Me and MPC _i.. (
Dimeollons ot hoi-relied ....llIICtiolll: Part, BquaI ....... ( I#fIIHIIl rwIIioiJ ).
_i,i.),

( COllli"".)

18
 IS : 175 ( Part 1 ). 1981

TAllLa • UNIT WEIGHT o. aulLDING MATBIlIALS - COllI"

~~~i~=
MATIalM, WIIGHT/MASI
r- tOt
~
mm kN ka per
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
(3'0 0'016 1'6 m
'4-0 0021 2'1
lSI. 3535 0026 2"
1"0
6-0 0-029 3'0
0'018 I"
IIA 4OSO r~
4'0
"0
0-024
0'029
2'4
3'0
6'0 0'034 3"

ISA 4545 ro 4-0

"0
"0
0'021
0-027
0'033
0'039
2'1
2'7
3'4
4'0

IIA 5050 ros-O

4'0
6'0
0'023
0029
0'037
0'044
2'3
3'0
38
4"
0-040 4'J
{ 6'0
"0 0'048 4'9
1M '555 8'0
10-0
0'063
0'077 ,',
6-4

ISA __
r '-0
6-0
0'044
0053
4-'
5-4
«(10'0
8'0 0'069
0'084
1'0
8-6
0048 4-'
{ 6'0
"0 0-057 5-8
S-O 0'076 "7
ISA ' ' ' ' 10'0 O'O'}2 9'4
r "0
6-0
0'052
0'062
5'3
S'3
ISA 7070 .( 8'0 0081 8'3
Ll0'0 (tlOO ]0'2
0'056 5'7
{ "0
6'0 O'C67 6'.
ISA 7575 8'0 0'087 8'9
10'0 0'108 110
0'072 7-3
{ 8'0
6'0 0'094 9'6
ISA I0IO 10-0 0'116 11-8
12'0 0'131 14'0

ISA 9OS0
t( 6-0
8'0
10'0
J2'0
0'080
0'106
0'131
0'15'
"2
10'8
13'4
15'8

ISA 100100 tr 6'0

80
10'0
12'0
0'090
0'119
0'146
0'174
"2
12'1
]4'9
177
0'131 13'4
{ 10'0
8'0 0-163 16'6
lSI. 110110 12'0 0"193 19'7
16'0 0'252 25'7

8~
0'156 1"9
{ 10'0 0'193 1"7
ISA 130130 12'0 0'230 23'S
16'0 0'301 30'1

IIA 150150 fO'o

12'0
16'0
20'0
0-225
0'268
0'351
0"432
22'9
27'3
35'8
44'1
(12'0 0'362 36'9
~ 16'0 0'476 48'S
III. 200200 20'0
l25'O
0'588
0''725
60'0
73'9 ..
(COIfIiItMI)

19
IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1917

TABLE I UNIT WEIGHT 01' BUILDING MATERIALS - CIJlltd

MATlklAJ. NOMINAL SIP WBiORT/MAII
A
OR THleIeN_ r= ~
mm kN q per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Unequal Ie. anales - Size
l R~ IS : SOl ( Part' )-197'· 1
ISA 302b f1l
4'0
"0
0'011
0'014
0'018
1'1
1'4
1'8
m

f3'O 0'015 I"'

4'0 0'019
ISA 4025 ~ "0
L60
0'024
0027
J'9
2'4
2"
"
0'017
ISA 4530 CO6'0
4'0
5'0
0'022
0021
0'032
J'1
2'2
2'8
3']
f3'0 O'OIS 1'1
ISA 5030 1 4'0
5'0
0'024
0'029
1'8
3'0

rO
6'0 0'0)4
ISA6040
1l
6'0
0'016
0'04]
3'5
3'1
4'4
S'O 0'057 5'8
ISA 6S4S
r'
f
6'0
8'0
S'O
0:040
0'048
0'063
0'042
4'1
4'9
6'4
4'3
ISA 704S
1 6'0
8 '0
10'0
0'051
0'066
O'OSI
S'2
6'7

ISA '550
J 5'0
6'0
8'0
0'046
0'055
S'3
4'1
5'6
0'073 7'4
llo'o 0"088 9'0
.r 6'0 S'O 0"048
0'058
4"
S9
ISA8050 8'0 0076 1'7
llo'o 0092 9'4
{ 8'0
6'0 0'067 6'8
0'087 8'9
rSA 9060 10'0 0"108 111»
12-0 0'128 13'0
{ 6'0 0'014 7'S
ISAI~ 8'0 0'087 9'9
10'0 0"120 12'2
[ 6'0 0'07S 8'0
8'0 &103 10'S
!SA 10075 10'0 0'121 13'0
l12'0 OolSI IS'"
{ 6.0 0'090 9"2
ISA 12571 8'0 0"119 12°1
10'0 0'146

ISA 11595
J 6'0
1-0
10'0
0-099
0"131
0'162
14"'
10'1
13'4
16'S
l12·0 0'1"93 19'7
{ 8'0 0'134 13°7
ISA lS0'7S 10'0 0-167 17'2
12'0 0"198 20'2
{ 10'0
8'0 0'160 16'3
0"197 20')
JSA ISOll5 12'0 0"235 24'0
16'0 0". 31'4
ISA 200100 ro-o 12'0
160
&225
0'261
o-~'I
22"
27'3
35'.
·Dimenlioal of bot-rollecllteel aectionl: Part C5 Unequallq ....lea ( M:tJIIII".,. . ).
( COIftl-.l )

20
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) • 1917

TABLE I UNIT WEIGHT 01' BUILDING MATERIALS - COIIld

MATDIAL NOMINAL SIZI WIIOHT/MA.
Oil THICItNUI • ~
rom kN k. per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
(10'0 0'264 26'9 m
12'0 0'315 32'1
ISA 200150

Cold tormed fipt ..~••tructurallteel

1 16'0
20'0
0'414
0'510
42'2
520

MCtions ( ".IS : II ·196S·) :

Lipt laOle sectionl - an.IOI
Bize:
{lIS 0'047 4'81
leo x 100

lOx 10
ro,
40

3'15
4'0
0060
0-030
0'037
0'047
607
305
3'82
4'82
..
(2'0 0'011 1-82

f"'
0'022 2'26
(0)(60 ]'15 0'028 2-83
4'0 0-035 ]-"
0'012 1'21
5Ox5C f62'0
25
3 IS
0'015
0'018
0'023
I-51
1'87
2'34
40 0'029 2'93
0'007 0'75

40)(40 f11'6
2'0
2"
0'009
0'012
0'014
0-96
1'19
148

1 1'84

rr
3'15 0'018
0'005 O'S6
1'6 0-007 0'71
30)(30 2'0 0009 0'88
2-S

20x 20
1
1'6
0-010
0004
O'ro,
1'08
0'36
0'46
2'0 0'006 056
Channels witho. lips
Size:
{3'15 0'070 7'15
100 x 100 4'0 0'081 9-01

80 x 80
r'ro
3'"
40

~-5
0'044
0'05'
0'070
0'024
0'03'
4'52
"66
7'12
2'69
3'3'
60)(60 3'.5 0'041 4-18
4"0 0'0'1 5'24
0'0'1 1'79
50)(50 f62'0
2'5
3"S
0'02
0021
0034
2'23
2'76
3'44
4'0 0'042 4'30
(1'25 0'011 1'12
40)(40
F:011
2'5
3't,
0'014
0'017
0'021
0'026
1'42
1'75
2'17
2'70

30><30
r I"
2'0
2"
0'001
0'010
0013
0'015

·SJMCi8catlon 'or cold tormed Ii.bt PUle structural lteol section. ( " ••").
0'12
104
1'28
1'58
..
(CD"''''''')
21
IS : 175 ( Part t ) • lt8'7

TABU I UNIT WEIGHT 0' IRJILDING MATBRIAlB- C.,tI

MATBIUAL NOM'NALSID
OA THleKN_ .
WBIOHT/MAII
mm kN k. per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Channels without lipa
Size:
20 x 20
r' 2S
1"6
2'0
0"005
0"007
0"008
0"53
0"66
0'81
m
't

r
r2'OO 0"045 4"5'
50 0'056 "70
200 x 50 3"t5 0'070 7"J4

r·COO
4'00 0'088 9'01
ca 0'042 4"27
2'50 0'052 S"31
180 x 50 3"15 0'065 6"65
400 0"082 "31
160 x 50 2"0
]'15
0-039
0"048
0"060
3'9'
4'92
6'16
..
t

tt

fl"6O 0'026 2"67

140 x 40 1 2'00
1 ' 50
3'15
0'033
0'041
0'051
]'33
4"13
"J7
"
..
0"024 2'42
120 x 40 {'"flO
2'00 0'030
2-50
2S
0'037
3'01
3'7. ..
100 x 40
r 1'60
2'00
2"50
(1'25
)'60
0'017
0'021
0'026
0033
0'013
0'OJ6
1'70
2'17
2'70
3'35
1'31
1'67
tt

...t
..
lOx 30
1 21lO
2'50
0"020
0'025
2'07
2'56 tt

60 x 30 r'25
J'60
2'00
0'011
0'1'14
0'011
1'12
1'42
1'75
"n
0'010 )'02
5O)(]o C'2'00
2S
1'60 0'013
0'016
1'29
1"60 .
n

Channels with lip.

Size:

JOO x 100
roo
2"50
0'051
0"063
0'082
5'24
,·SO ..
tt

3"1'
l400 0'103
8'36
JO"48 ..
80)(80 f60
2'00
2"50
3"15
0"033
0'041
0'052
0'065
3"33
4'J4
'"32
6'62
It

0"019 1'94
fiO)(6Q f2S
1'60
2'00
2"50
0"024
0"031
0'039
2'45
3'20
3'95
.."
0'016
50><50 r'2S
1'60
2-00
0"020
0"025
)'64
2"08
2'57
{ 1-25 0"013 1"35
40)(40 l'ttO 0'017 1"70
2"00 0"020 2"09
{1"2S 0-009 n'"
3Ox3O 1''0 0"OJ2 1'20
( C""""". )

22
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1987

TABLE I UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILl>ING MATERIALS - Contd

MATIRIAL NOMIN \L ~IZE WEIOHT/M",ss
OR THltKNFSS r---------.A--- --- ---~

mm kN kg per
(I) (2) (1) (4) (5)
Channel~ with hps
Size

{~gg
0047 484 m
0059 602
200 X 80 2 SO o 07S 767
3 15 0094 9 S9
400 o 118 12 05
r1 fO 0045 459
200 0056 ~ 71
180 x 80 i2 SO
1 IS
0071
00&9
7 ~8
910
L400 o 112 JJ 42
(160 0043 414
1 2 00 o OS3 S 19
J60 x 80 i 2 SO
1 IS
0068
OOR4
68()
860
L400 0106 1079
o (l'18 , 84

140 )( 70
f60
2(0
250
0047
0058
476
~ CH

I 3 IS 007S 761
l400 0094 954
(1 2~ 0025 252
11 00 0031 321
120 x 60 ~ 200 0041 414
l250 OO~ S 12
1 15 0063 638

100 )( SO
f 25
160
lOO
OO~I
0027
0013
213
271
, 15
L2 SO 0043 4'34
0017 1 74
{ 12S 00!2 220
80)(40 160
200 0027 272
60 x 30 0012 ) 25
{125
160 0015 I 57
50 x 30 {125 0011 I IS
160 0014 14S
Hat sections
Size
0068 689
{2 SO
roo-« 100 3 IS 0089
0)15
9 OS
400 11 73

80 x 80 roo .,SO
3 IS
0041
0056
0072
43q
571
736
0026 263
60)(60 f60
200
2 SO
0034
004J
345
434
r 160 0022 225
SOx 50 \200 0028 288

4Ox4O
{J160
25 0011
0011
I 16
I 83

100 x so f 160200
250
O(l)4
0044
0054
351
445
551
0021 2 Is
lOx 40 f 160
' 25 00'8
00'\4
:! 83
3 ~I
200
{125 0016 164
60 )( 30 160 0020 208
50 x 2~ I 2S 0013 I 15
100 x ISO {115 0101 10 '8
400 0134 n 68
( Conll1llled)

23
IS : 87S( Part 1 ) • 1'87 -

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS-C_d

MATERIAL NUMINAL SIZE WEIGHT/MASS
011 THICKNESS
mm
,-------~
kN
---.
per
k.

Hat lCCtions
(I) (2) (3) (4) m
Size:
{3"l5 0-089 9-0lI m
80 x 120 4-00 0-113 11'48
r'50 0'050 5'12
6Ox9O 3-15 0'1'67 6'82
400 0-084 S-59
so x 75 roo
2-50
0-OJ3
0-04.1
3')7
4-44

r
)-15 0-055 5'64
60 0-021 2-14
4Ox6O 2-00 0-028 2'82
2-50 0-035 3'55
Reelan,"lar boll sectlona
Size:
{1-6O 0'072 7-3'
200 x 100 200 0'00 9-16
{'-6O 0-065 6-60
180 x 1IO 2"CO 0-081 8'22
{1-6O 0-057 5'as
160 x 80 2'00 0-071 7-28
{1-60 O'O~ 5-09
140 x 70 2-00 0'062 6'34
{I'60 0'043 4-34
120 x 60 2-00 0-053 5-3~

100 x SO
{'2S
1'60
0-028
0-035
2-82
3-"
{1-2' 0-022 2-23
8Ox4O 1-60 0-028 2"8_3
{1-25 0-016 1'64
6Ox3O 1'60 0'0:0 2-08
{1-25 0-014 144
50 x )0 1-60 O-OIS 1'83
Square boll lCCtion
Size:
200 x 200 0'097 9-86
{'"60
2'00 0-12\ 12'30
180 x ISO {I'60 0-087 S-86
2-00 0-108 11-04
160 x 160 {1-60 0-764 77"S5
2-00 OG96 9-79
140 )C 140 {1-60 0-067 6-85
2-00 0'084 8-'3
120 x 120 {1-6O 0-057 "85
2-00 0-071 7-28
100 )C 100 {I-ll 0-0)7 3'80
1'60 0'047 484
80 x SO {l'25 0-030 301
1-60 0'038 3"84
6Ox60 { 1-25 0-022 2'23
1'60 0-028 2-S3
50 x 50 {I'25 O'OIS 1'84
1-60 0-023 2'33
Rolled Ileel lee bars ( ... IS : I 173·197S· )
DClianalion
ISNf 20 0'009 0'9
ISNT 30 0-014 1'4
ISNT 40 0'034 3"
ISNT 50 0'1'44 4"
ISNT 60 0-G53 '-4
ISNT 80
ISNT 100
ISNT 150
0-094
0-147
0'223
9-6
15'0
22'S
..
·Specification ror hoi-roiled and slil steel tee liars ( Hrtmd ,."Isian),
( Can,'n.")

24
 IS : 87S ( Part 1 ) - 1987

TABLE. UNIT WEIGHT OP BUILDING MATERIALS - CDltld

MATERIAL NnNINAL SIU "'EIGHT/MASS
OR THICKNESS,...--.
mm kN
... --.
k, per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Desienation
ISHT 75 O'ISO m
ISHT 100 0'1<16
TSHT 125 0'269
JSHT ISO 0'288
JSST 100 0'079
JSST ISO O'I~
ISST 200 0'279
ISST 250 0'368
ISLT SO 0'040
ISLT 75 0'070
ISLT leo 0'125
JSJT 75 O'OoW
ISJT 87'5 0'039
ISJT 100 0049
ISJT 112'S 0'063
Steel sheet pilin, sections
I IU IS : 2314-1963·)
Designation
ISPS 1021 Z 0.<483 4925
ISPS 1625 U O'MI 65'37
ISPS 2222 U 0'811 82'70
ISPS 100 P O'~I 55'20
.7. Slolte
Asate 25'SO 2600
A8IrC&8te 15'70 to 18'85 16.10 to 1920
Basalt 27'95 to 29'0' 28SOto H60
Cast 21'95 2240
Chalk 21'SO 2190
Dolomite 28'2' 2880
Emery 39'25 4COO
Flint 2NO 2590
Gneiss 23'" to 26'40 2400 to 26°0
Granite 2"90 to 27'.' 2640 to 2800
Gravel:
Loose 15'70 1600
Moderately rammed, dry 18'8' 1920
Green atone 28'25 2880
Gypaum 21'~' to 23'" 2 240to 2400
Laterite 20'40 to 23'" 2080 to 2400 ..
Lime stono 23'55 to 2''90 2 400 to 2640
Marble 26'70 2720
Pumice 7'8' 10 II '00 800 to 1120
Quartz rock 25'90 2640
Sand stone 21'95 to 23'~ 2 240 to 2400
Slate 27'" 2800
Soap stone 26'" 2700
<48. Tor. Coal
Crude ( IN IS : 212-198~t ) 1010
Naphtha. Illht (ue IS : 2J3-1968l ) 1010
Naphtha, heavy 1010
Road tar ( uelS : 215-19611 ) 1010
Pitch ( IU IS : 216-1961U ) 1010
.9. T1rerma/ 1ltlilMtIoII
1300 to 2400
Unbonded ..... wool 12'" to 23'55
Unbonded rock and slaa wool 11'30 to 19'60 1 ISOto 2000
Expanded polystyrene 1'" to 2'95 ISOto 300 ..
Cellular COIICNl.
Grado A Up to29'4O Up to 3000
GradeB 29'SO to 39'20 3010 to 4000
GradeC 39'30 to ""00 401010 5000 ..
Preformed calclum sUlcal. blsulation 19'60 to oW'30 2000t035OO ••
( for temperature up to 630'C )
·SpecifiCation for lIeel sbeet pilillJ sections,
lSpecification for coal-baled DapRtu (j;,sr
ISpecification for road tar ( _iud),
,..,111"" ), ,..,I.i"" ),
1Specification for crude coal tar for aeneral uao ( .«0IIII

USpecificationfor coal tar pitcb ( r"I••d ).

( C""''''-')

25
IS : 87S ( Part 1 ) • 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGtiT OF BUILDING MATERlALS-ColUd

MATPIAL NOMINAL SIP Wl!lGlfTlMASS
OR THICKNESS r-- -A
~
mm kN kl per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
SO, T~rr"Colta 18'35 to 23'25 J 870 to 2370 m'
5J, T~"Q%ZO
Pavin. In 0'24 24 ml
Cast partitions 40 0'93 95
52 Ti/~1
Manaalorc plattern 0'02 to 0'03 2to 3 Til"
( S~~ IS : 654-1'972-)
Polystyrene wall tiles 99><99 0'013 J'35 ml
( N~ rs : 3463·1966t ) 148" x 148" O'OJ3 )'35
53. TI",IN,
Typical Jndian timbers
( SH IS : 399·1963~ )
Allaia 8'34 8.50 !II'
Aini 5'83 595
Alder 3'61 370
Amari 6'13 625
Amla 785 800
Amra 4'41 450
An)an 8'33 8SG
;~~
Arjun 7'99
Ash 7'06
Axlewood 8'82 900
BaOOI 7'70 185
Baen 7'70 785
Bahera 7'99 8J5
Bakota 4'21 ·UO
Balasu 7'55 770
Ballqi l1'J3 J US
Banati 4'41 450
Bentcak 6'62 675
Ber 6'~1 705
Bhendi 7'55 770
Bijual 1'85 800
Birch 6'13 62S
Black chualam 7'85 800
Black locUit 8'34 850
Blue lum 8'34 8~O
Blue pine 5'05 SIS
Bola 642 655
Bonlum 5'20 530
Bullet wood S'78 895
Caauarina 8']4 8S0
Cdti. 6'42 6"
Champ 4'85 495
Chapluh 5'05 515
Chat;an 4'07 415
Chileras.y 6'62 675
Chitauni "42 655
Chilla 7'SS ItOO
Chir 5'64 575
Chu.lam:
Black 7'85 800
White ( silver Ifey-wood ) 6'?1 705
Cinnamon 642 '55
Cypreu 5'05 515
Debdaru 6'28 640
Deodar S'35 545
Devdam 7'06 720
Dhaman:
G'~ia lillO/DUll 7'70 185
G'flWla Hlti," 7' tiC) 155
Dhup "42 65'
Dilenia 6"13 W

.Specification for clay rooftnl tiles. Manplore pattern ( ,.ctJlld

tSpecific:ation for polyltyrene wall tiles.
,,,,81. ).
tClassificat ion of commercial timbers and their zonal clistribution ( ,.,1..).
( COif""".)
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) • 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHT OF BUILDING MATERIALS-Collld

MATERIAL NOMINAL SIZE WEIGHT/MASS
OR THICKNESS r-- ----'~
mm kN ka per
(I) (2) (3) (4) (5)
Dudhi S"49 560 rn'
Ebony 8"19 8'\5
Elm S'20 530
Eucalyptus 8'33 8S0
Figs 4'S6 465
Fir 4'14 450
Frash 6'62 675
Gamari s'OS S15
Gardenia 7'40 7~S
Garuga S'98 610
Geon 4'07 41S
Gluta 7"06 720
Ooku. 4'07 415
Grew,« sp. 7'55 770
Gurjan 770 785
Gutel 4'41 450
Haldu 6'62 675
HathipaiJa 5'84 595
Hrwar 7'70 78S
Hollock 5'98 6JO
Hollong 7'21 7J5
Hoom 7"1 73~
Horse chestnut S'05 SIS
ImJi 8'97 915
Indian Chestnut 6'28 640
Indian Hemlock 3'92 400
Indian Oak 8'48 865
Indian Olive 10'3S 1065
Irul 8'33 850
Jack 5-83 595
Jaman 7'70 785
Jarul 6'13 625
Jathlkai S'05 SIS
Jhmgan 5"63 575
Jutili 7'85 800
Kadam 4'85 495
Kaal 5 OS SIS
Kaim 6'42 6S5
Kambh 4'07 415
Kanchan 6'62 675
Kanjuj 5'84 595
Karada 8'34 8S0
Karal 7-99 81S
Karani 6'28 640
Karar 5'34 545
Kardahi 9'27 945
Karimgotta 3'92 400
Kasl 5'83 S9S
Kasum 10'84 1 J05
Kathal 585 59S
Keora 6'13 625
Khair C)·(o 1010
Khasipine 5'05 SIS
Kandal 7 S5 770
Kokko 6'28 640
Konioo 9'76 99S
Kuchla 8'63 880
Kumbi 770 785
Kurchi "20 530
Kuruna 976 90S
Kusum 11"28 11S0
Kuthan 4'71 480
Lakooch 6'28 640
Lam bapa tti 5'34 S4S
Lampati 51>'5 SIS
Laurel 8'33 850
Lendi 7'40 755
Mac1liluI:
Gamblei s-es SI5
Macrantha "20 5lO
Mabaruk.b 4'07 415 ••
( COlllmllrd)

27
 IS: 875 ( Part 1 ) -191'7,
TABU. UNIT WBICHT 0' BUILDING MATBRIALI- CtNfIti
MATERIAL NoMINAL SIll WIIoHT/MA.
oaTH~ •
mm ItN Ita
(1) (2) (3) (4)
MahOiany 6'62 675
Mahua 8'97 915
Maina 5'64 575 .f
Makai 3'14 320
Malabar neem 4'41 4~
M~ ~ ~
Maniawaa 7'40 755
Maple 5'64 575
Melua 9'76 !it'S
Milia 9'12 930

...
Moltha 7'99 815
Mulberry 6'62 675
Mullilam 7'21 735
Mundani 6'77 690
Munenaa 7'70 785
Myrabolan 9'27 94S
Narikel 5'49 560
Ne4unar 5'05 51S
Oak 8'48 86$
Padault 7'06 720
Padri
Palana
Pali
7'06
5'98
6'28
720
610
640
....
Paplta 3'28 335
Parrotia 8'48 865
Pertian lilac 5'84 S9S
Piney 6'13 625
Pin, 8'97 915
Pinul inaianla (1'13 625
Pipli $oR3 595
Pit raJ 6'77 6'0
POOII 6'42 tlSS
poplar 4'41 450
Pula 3'78 385
Pyinma 5'98 610
Rajbrllth 8'48 865
Red landera 10'R4 1 105
Rohini JI'33 1 'US
Rosewood (black wood) 8'19 835
Rudrak 4'71 480
Sal 8'48 86S
Salal 5'64 57S
Sandal_ocI 8'97 915
Sandan 8'34 8SO
Satin ~ 9'41 960
SaykaraoJi "40 7$$
~
5emlil
W
3"8
m
385
of

SII"er CNIIt 6'28 640

Sirla 3'92 400
Kala-alril 7'21 735
Sared-llril 6'28 640
Si_ 7'70 785
Spruce 4'71 480
Sujl 2'6$ 270
Sundrl
Talauma
Tanaltu
"41
5'64
2'09
960
515
305
..
Teak (1'28 640
Toon 5'OS SIS
Uclal 2'$0 2S5
Upal 3'14 320
Uriam "40 7$$
Valtal ''''1 960
Vellaplne 5'83 595
Walnut 5'" 575 .f
White hom"" 5'98 610
White cedar 7'06 720
White chualam ( 111_ ar.-wood ) 6"1 70S
White dbup 4'22 4:lO ..
Yon "33 ISO ..
!'an-TIle unit of tlmllen -tll\lClD4 to . . . . 1lIIltwelIbt oftJPlcaI b1d1aa tlmbln at 12 pucetIt mol ...
54, "'..",
FR. '~I 1«0 ~
salt
55, WMi- W,..I .'It/'.... 10
2i
10'05
O'ost
1 025
, ...
 IS : 875 ( Part J ) - 1981

3. BUILDING PARTS AND COMPONENTS

3. t The unit weights of building parts or components are specified in 1 able 2.

TABLE Z UNIT WEIGilTS Of BUILDING PARTS OR COMPONENTS

MATERIAL NOMINAL SIZB WEIGHT/MASS
OR THICKNEI! r----
...
~
mm kN kl per
I. Ceilings
Plaster on tile or concrete 1'3 cm O'2S 2S m'
Plaster on wood lath 2'5 em 0'39 40
susf:l1ded metal lath and cement 2'S em 0'74 7S
puter
susr.epded metal lath and Iypsum 2'S em 0'49 50
paster

2. Cem",' Con~r~t~t Plain ( In 20 'Cement

concentrate, plain' in Table 1 )

3. Cnnmf Conerete, Reinforced ( see 21

'Cement concrete, reinforced' in Table 1 )

4, Damp.P,oo~ ( s" 28 'Felt

bituminous for waterprooflnl and
damp· proofinl' in Table I )

5. Earlh Filii", ( lie 45 'Soils and

lravels' in Table 1 )

6. Finish''', ( see also 'Floor

finishes' liVeD under 7 'Floorinl'
and 8 'Roolio.' in Table 1 )
Aluminium foil Nelliaible
Plaster:
Acoustic 10 0'08 8 ml
Anhydrite 10 0'21 21
Barium sulphate 10 0'28 29
Fibrous 10 0'09 9
Gypsum or lime 10 0'19 19
Hydraulic lime or cement 10 0'23 23
Plaster ceiliDl on wire 10 0'26 21
nettin.
NOTE - \\'ben wood or metal 'atbina 0'06 6
is used, add

7. F!otH'lng
Asphalt ftootin, 10 0'22 22
Non - For macadam 6Dis~ add 10 0'26 21
Compressed cork to 0'04 4
Floors, structural:
Hollow clay blocks includinl rein- )'47 ISO
J25
lOr'cement and mortar jointina bet-
weeD blockl~ but excludina any
concrete toppin,
roo
ISO
175
1'67
1'86
2'16
170
Iq()
220
200 2'5' 2lJO
Non - Add extra for concrete toppi",
Hollow clay block. lncludinl rein- 1'18 120
forcement and concrete ribs between 115 1'21 130
blocks, but excludiDI any concrete 125 )·37 1«)
toppin, roo
150
140 J'47
I'S7
ISO
160
175 1'76 180
200 1'96 200

Non - Add extra for concrete toppinl.

( COllI/liMed )

29
IS: 875 ( Part I ) • 1987

TABLE 1 UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUILDING PARTS OR COMPONENTS ColI/d

MATfRlJo\L NoMINAL S,ze WE'"HT/JI,fASS
Ok TH'C'ICNESS r - - - - -----------"--- - - - - - - - - - - ,
mm kN k, per
Hollow eonerere units includinll 1-67 170 ml
any concrete toppinll necesoary for r'O12$O 1-96 200
c;onstruclional purposes
r
1
175
200
L230
so 2'16
2-1$
2'6$
3-14
220
240
270
320
Floors, wood:
0-16 16
Hard wood {ii O'~O 20-$
{ 22 0-11 II
Soft wood 28 0-13 13-$
Weillht ormaslic used in layinll wood 0'01$ 1-$
block f10Grinll
NOTE - All Ihicknes.es are 'finished thicknesses',
Floor finishes:
Clay floor tiles ( see IS : 1478·1969" ) 12-S to 0'10 10 0-2 1010 20
2$'4
NOTE - This wei,hl is 'as laid' bUI excludes
lICfCedin"
M;f,nesium oxychloride:
ormallype ( saw dust filler) 10 0'142 14-$
Heavy duly Iype ( mineral filler) 10 0-216 22
P:tfloorin, 008 to 0'12 810 12
R r ( .~e IS : 809·19701') J 3'2
4-8
0'04810
0'07010
0'062
0'09
4'910 6-3
7'110 9'$
L 6-4 0-09310 0'130 9'510\32
Terra cotla, filled 'as laid' S'54 10 7-06 $7010720 "
m'
Terrazzo pavinll'as laid' \0 0-23 24 ml
I, Roo/in,
Asbestos cement sheelin,
( _'" 'Asbestos cement sheelin,'
in Table I),
Allahabad tiles ( sin,le) includin, 0'83 8$
ball en. ( ,'" NOle below)
Allahabad tiles ( double) includin, 1'67 170
lIanens ( .~~ NOle below)
Country Iilet (sin,le ) wilh 0-69 70
battens ( .,~ NOle below)
Counlry liles (double) wilh 1'18 120
battens ( .,~ NOle below)
Manplore liles wilb banens 0'64 6S
( ,'H Nole below)
Manlalore tiles bedded in mortar 110
over flat tiles ( see Note below )
ManJIIlore Iiles with t1at lilet 0'78 80
( _ Note below)
Copper sheel roofin, includin, 0'$6 0'08 8
laps and rolls { 0-72 0'10 10
Flat Roofs:
Clay liles bollow (.~~ 7 'Floorin,'
in Ihis table I
Concrete hollow preeasl ( .~e 7
'Floorin,' in Ihis lable )
Galvanized iron sheetinl ( ,r" 39
'Metal sheelin" ptolecled' in
Table II
Olazed Roofin,:
Ofazinl with aluminium alloy ban 0'19
for .pan. up to 3 m
Olazin, wilb lead·covered lleel 6'4 0'2$ 10 0'28 26 to 29
bars al 0'6 m cenlres
States on baltens O')4,.to 0'49 3$ 10 $0
Thalch with hatlens 0'34 to 0'49 3$ 10 SO
NOTl! - Wei8hls &elina vertical" on horizontal projection to be multiplied by cosine of roof an,le to ~btaln
wei,hls normar to the roof .urface.
·Speciftcation for clay floorin, tilet (1i,1I ,,,bloll ),
fSpecificalion for rubber floorlna malerials for ,eneral purposes (lim mis/OIl ),

30
 IS · 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1981

TABLE Z UNIT WEIGHTS OF BUll DING PARTS OR COMPON~NT'" Cuntd

MATPRIAL NO~t1N \L SUB WnC,UT/\f ,,~,
OK. TIiILKNESS ~-----------~---------~
mm kN kg per
Roof fimshes
Bitumen mecadam 10 022 22 ml
Felt roofing ( see 28 'Felt, 10 0008 08
bitummous for water-proofing
and damp-proofing" In Table 1 )
Glas,sllk QUilted OS 005 ~
Lead sheet 08 001 7
Mortar screed Ina 10 021 21

9 Wal/mg( IS 6012.J971- )
Autoclaved reinforced cellular
concrete wan slabs
Clclc;sA 835 to 980 850 to I 000 ml
Class B 7 l~ to 8 35 7~Oto SSO
Llass ( 6U to 1 3S 650 to 750
Clas~ D 540 to 615 550to 6"0
Class I:. 440 to S 40 4S0 to SSO
Brick masonry ( fee 36 'Masonry,
brick' In Table I )
Concrete bloc..ks ( see 11 'Block' In
Table 1 )
Stone masonry (s~e 37 'Masonry.
stone' III Table 1 )
Partitions
Urick wall 100 1 C)1 195 ml
Cinder concr te 75 111 115
Galvanized I on sheet 01~ 15
Hollow ata,,;) block ( bricks ) 100 088 90
Hollow blocks per 2eO MID of thick-
ness
Ballast or stone concrete 20 0201 20 ~
( lay 20 0201 205
Chnker concrete 20 0220 225
L oke breeze concrete 20 9 176 18
D raromaceous earth 20 00." 9S
Gypsum 20 o 111 14
Pumice concrete 20 0177 18
Slag concrete, air-cooled 20 o IlJ6 20
Slag concrete foamed 20 0186 19
Lath and plaster 0192 40
Solid block .. per 20 mm of thIckness
Halla~t or stone 20 0451 46
Clinker concrete 20 0100 305
Coke breeze eoncrete 20 o :!2t ""25
Purnu,e concrete 20 o :!21 225
Slag concrete. foamed 20 0250 25 S
Terrazzo cast partitions 40 0912 95
Trrnbc r ~tuddll\1 plastered 9981 100
NOT!: - For unit weIght of fixtures and fittings n..q uired to bUildings mcluding burlder's hardware, reference
may be made to appropriate Indian standards
·Speclficatlon for autoclaved remfo n..ed cellular concrete wall slabs,

4. STORE AND MISCELLANEOUS matenals intended for dead load calculations

MATERIALS and other general purposes are given ID
4.1 Units weights of store and miscellaneous Appendix A.

31
IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) • 1987 -
APPENDIX A
[Clauses 1.1.1 (Note) and 4.1 ]
UNIT WEIGHTS OF STORE AND ML~CELLANEOUS MATERIALS
MA1ZRIAL WEIGHT/MASS ANaL! 0'
,..---- A
..... FRICTION.
kN/m' kglma DEGREES

I, Agricultural aM Food Prodllcls

Butter 8.4S 860
Coffee in balS 5'SO 560
Drinks in bottles, in boxes 7'35 750
Eaas, packed 2'9S 300
Eats, oil 5'80 590
Fish meal 4'~'0 500 45
Flour in sacks up to 1 m helSht 2'20 to 5'9l) 225 to 600
F Of ale ( bales ) 1'25 12S
Fruits 3'45 350
Grains:
Barley 6'7S 690 27
Corn, shelled 7'5S 770 27
Flax seed 7'35 7S0 30
Oats S'30 540 30
Rice 655 670 31
Soy&beans 7'35 750 30
Wh~at 8'1S 8:-0 28
Wheat flour 6'85 700 30
Grain sheaves up to 4 m Itack hei.ht 0'98 100 30
Grain sheaves over 4 m stack beilllt 1'45 ISO 30
Grass aDd clover 3'4S 350
Hay:
Compressed 1-65 170
loose up to about 3 m stack heiaht 0'69 70
J4-10 J 440
HoneY
Hops:
In lacks 1'65 170
In cylindrical hop bins 460 470
Sewn up or compreued in cylindrical 2'85 290
shape in hop cloth
Malt:
Crushed 3'90 400 20
Germinated 1-85 190
Meat and meat productl 7'05 720
Milk 10-05 1025
Molasses 4'40 4SO
Onion in bap 5'40 5S0 o
Oil cakes, crushed 5-80 590 o
Potatoes 7'05 720 30
Preserves ( tins iD cases) 4'90 to 7'85 500 to 800
Salt:

::ft 7'05
9'40
720
960 30
Seeds:
Heaps 4-90 to 7'85 SOO to 800 25
Sacks 3'90 to 6'85 400 to 700
Straw and chaff:
loose up to about 3 m staclt hciaht 0'4' 4'
Compressed 1'65 170
Supr:
Crystal 7'35 7S0 30
Cube $upr in boxes 7'85 ROO
Su,ar beet, pressed out 7'85 800
Tobacco buodIea 3'4~ 350
Vineaar 10-40 t 080

32
 IS : 875 ( Part 1 ) • 1981

MATERIAL WEIGHT/MASS ANGLE 0'

r-------.A-.---~ FRICTIUN.
kN/m l kg,'m- Dl:GkEES

2, Cltrm;ca!.rand Allied Materiab

Acid. hydrochloric 11'75
Acid, nitric 91% 1200
Acid. sulphuric 87% 14'80 1 510
Alcohol 17'5S 1 790
Alum. pearl. in barrel 7'65 780
Ammonia, liquid 5'20 SJO
8-RS 900
Ammonium chloride, ~ryltalline
Ammonium nitrate 8'IS 8JO 30-40
Ammonium sulphate 7'OS to 9'80 720 to 1000 25
Beeswax 7'OS to 9'00 72010 9Z0 32-45
Benzoic 9'40 960
Benzene hexachloride 8'90 910
Bicarbonate of soda 8'75 890 45
Bone 6'40 6~0 30
Borax ]8'65 I 9('0
Calcite 17')5 17S0
Camphor 26'50 2700
Carbon disulphide 9'70 990
Casein 12'75 1 300
Caustic soda 13'25 1 350
Creosote 13'85 1410
Dicalciurn phosphate 10'50 1070
Disodiurn phosphate 6'65 6'80 45
Iodine 3'<)() to 4'80 40010 490 3().4S
Oils in bott. es or barrels 48'55 49SO
5-70 to 8'90 S80 to 910
Oil. linsee«:
In barrels
In drums 5'70 S80
7'OS 720
Oil. turpentine 8'SO 865
Paints IJ'40 960
Paraffin W3X 7'85 to 9'40 800 to 960
Petroleum 9'90 1010
Phosphorus 1785 1 820
Plastics:

Cellulose acetate 12'25 to 13'35 1 250 to 1360

Cellulose nitrate 13'25 to 15'70 1 JSOto 1 600
Methyl methacrylate 11'60 1 18S
Phenol formaldehyde 12'55 1 280
Polyst ryrene 10'40 1060
Polyvinyl Chloride ( Perspex ) 11'75 to 13'25 1 200 to 1350
Resin bonded sheet 12'85 to 13'55 1 310 to I 380
U rea formaldehyde 0'25 to 13'55 I 350 to 1380
Potash 14'40 1470
Potassium 8'65 880
Potassium nitrate 9'90 1010
Red lead. ury 20-70 2 110
Red lead, paste 87')0 8900
Rosin in barre), 6'75 690

Rubber:
Raw
Vulcanized 8'90 to 9'40 910 to 960
8'90 to 9'10 910 to 930
Saltpetre 9'91 1010
Sodium silicate in barrels 8'35 8~
Sulphur 20'10 20S0
Talc 27'45 2800
Vami~hes 9'40 %0
Vii riol, blue, in barrels 7'OS 720

3. Fwls
Brown coal 6'8S 700
Brown coal briquettes 7'85 800 35
heaped

33
IS : 87S ( Part I ) - 1987

MATERIAL ,--_ _ _ _WFIC"iHT/MASS

_ .A._ ANc.ll! Of
------~ FRICTION.
kN/m' kg,'m' DE(,RI-ES

Brown coal briquettes. 12'75 1 300

stacked
Charcoal 2'95 300
Coal:
Untreated, mine-moist 9'RO 1000 35
In washerres 11'75 1 ~no 0
Dust 685 700 25
All other sorts S'35 850 3~

Coke:
Furnace or ,as 4-90 Soo 35
Brown coal, low-temperature 9'80 J 000 3S
Hard, raw coal 836 8 cO '5
Hard, raw coal, 980 1000 3S
mine-damp
Diesel 011 940 960 0
Firewood, chopped 1,,0 400 45
Petrol 6 7~ 6f)O 0
Wood,lD chips I 9~ :!OO 45
Wood shavlnl~t loose I 4S 150 34\
Wood shaVings, shaken down 245 250 35

4. Manures
Animal manures:
Loosely heaped II 75 1 :!OO 4")
Stacked dung. ue to about 1765 1 HOO 45
25m stack height
ArhficlaJ manures II 75 12eO 24·30

5, Metals and AI/I)Ys

Alumanium
Ca,t 2~ 30 to 26'60 2580 to 2710
Wrought
snee: per mm of thickness per m'
25 90 to 2745
0028
2640
28
'0 2800
Antimony. pure:
Amorphous 6:l-QO 6210
Solid ~ 65'70 6700
Bismuth:
Liquid 9807 10()(O
Solid 9502 to 970~ q 6 l,O to 99(0
Cadmium:
Cast 81 7~ to 84-0S 8 ~40 to 8570
WrOulht 8S 03 8670
Calcium ].5 60 ] 59C')
Chromium 63'95 to 66-00 652010 6730
Cobalt:
Cast 83 25 to 85 JO 8490 to 8680
Wroulht 884S 90~O

Copper:
Cast 8620 to 876S 8790 to 8940
Wrought 86'70 to 87'65 8840 to 8 '->40
Sheet per mm or thickness 009 8"7
Gold:
Cast 188-7S to 189-55 J9 250 to 19 330
Wrought 18955 19330
Iron:
PI. 7060 7200
Grey, cast 68 9~ to 6990 7010 to 7 110
WhIte, cast 7435 10 75-70 7 580 to 7720
Wroulht 75 SO 7700

34
 IS: 875 ( Part I ) • t 987

MATHRIAL WEIGHT/MASS
_.A.. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , ANtIll! O.
FMICTION,
kN/rd kglma oE(.JREI:.S

Lead:
Cast J1120 11340
LIquid JOS00 10710
\\ rought Jl140 11160
Sheet per mm of Oll II
thllkness
Magnesium 1645 to 17 U J 680 to 1 750
Manlane~e 72 ~5 74()()
Mercury 131 15 13 6( 0
Nickel 8120 to 87-20 8 280 to 8890
Platinum 210'25 21440
Silver'
Ca,t 1020 to J02t8.5 10400 to 10490
Liquid 91 15 9 SOO
Wrought 101 35 to 1035.5 10 540 to 10 560

Sodium:
Liquid 9JO 930
Solid 930 950
Tungsten 18830 19200
Uranium 18045 18400

z.ee
Ca't 6895 to 7020 7010 to 7 160
\\ rought 70 "0 7 J90
Sheet per mm of thickness 007 7
Alloys:
Aluminium and copper
Alummium l00{. cor-per 9()0~ 7~ 40 1690
Alurmruum 5%, copper 95% 8200 8360
Alurmmurn 3%. copper yr~ 85 10 8680
All mrmurn 91~~. 71n", ~~ 27 4~ 2800
Babbu metal (tin 90o~, 71 70 7310
lead sex.,
copper 5% )
9S 00 9690
Wood'v metal (bismuth 500-10.
lead 25%. cadmium 12 So~.
tin 12 5~~)
Brasses'
Muntl metal (copper 60%, 8060 8220
Zinc ~O%)
Red ( copper 90%, zinc 10% ) 8425 85<;0
Whlt~ ( copper 50%, zinc SOO~ ) 8030 8190
Yellow ( copper 70", zinc 300~ ):
Cast 8275 8440
Drawn 8S 10 8680
Rolled 8385 8 SSO
Bronzes:
Bell metal ( copper 80%. 8560 8730
nn 20%)
G un metal ( copper 90%. 8610 8780
tin 10%)
Cadmium and tan 7540 7690
German Silver:
Copper S2%, Zinc 26~., 8275 8440
nickel 22%
Copper S9%. zmc 30%. 81 70 8330
nickel 11%
Copper 63%. ZlDC 30%, 8140 8300
nickel 7%

Gold and Copper:

Gold 98%, copper 2% 184'75 18840
Gold (,0%, copper IC" 168 20 17 ISO

3S
IS: a7S ( Part 1 ) .. 1987

MATERIAL WEI(i1f1 MA~~ ANGLIO'

rr:> - -- -_. _....- - --~ FIlICTION,
kN m' kg m:l DEOREts
Lead and TID:
Lead 87 5~, tin 12 ~o~ 101 R' 10 ~90
Lead 305%. lin 69 So~ ~J 10 8 2711
Monel metal cast ( nickel 70~". 8'7 oo 8 ~70
copper 3<>-Jt. )
Steet:
Cast 7100 7 $,SO
Wroulht mild 76.'$" 7lUO
Black ptate per mm or
thickness o Ul\ 8
Steel sections ( see 46 'Steel sections'
in Table I )

6. MilC'ellaneolls Malerials
Agreaate. coane 1080 to 15'70 I 100 to I 6O(J )0
Ashes, coal, dry, 12 mm and undcr ~ ~O to 6':m ~60 10 MS 40
Ashes, coal, dry, 75 mm and undcr , ~O 10 6''\() <flC) h' 645 ~
Ashes, coal, wet, J2 mm and under 705 to 1'85 7~0 to Hm 52
Ashes. coal, wet, " mm and under 7 OS to 7 85 7:!O to ~OO SO
Asphalt, crushed. J2 mm and under 7'O~ 7:'0 J().45
Ammonium nitrate. prall. 3 5S to 8-3S '\flO to 8~0 27
Bone 18 ftS 1 9C'O
Books and fjle~. c;taeked 8 JS H~I
Calcium ammonium mtrate 980 1000 28
Copper sulphate, ,round 11 7S 1200 30
Chalk 21'95 2 :!40
Chmaware. earthenware. stack ed 1080 1100
( includin, cavlnes )
Chnker, furnace, clean "85 800 30
Dlammonium phosphate '8~ to 8"0 80010 865 2q
Double salt ( ammonium sulphate 7 OS to 9'30 720 to 9S0 34
nitrate)
Fillina cabmets and cupboards with S90 6C0
contents, in records offie_,
libraries. archive,
Flue dUlt, boiler house, dry 5'50 to ,-OS S60to 720 ;>30
Fly ash, pulverised s SO to 7'0' 560 to 720
Glass:
Olas-.. solid 2:-' so to 26'70 2400 102 720
Wool 0-16 to 1'18 16 to 120
In sheets 25 SO 2600
Olue 12'55 I 280
Gypsum, calcined. 12 mm and undcr 860to 9-40 889 to 960 40
Gypsum, calcmed, powdered 9'40 to 12'55 960 to 1280 45
Gypsum, raw, 25 mm and under 14'10 to IS'70 144Oto 1600 30-45
Hides

~tied } Only areen 8'6' 880

Ice 890 910
Leather put in rows 7-S5 800
Lime, sround. 3 mm and under 9'40 960 :>4'
Lime. hydrated. 3 mm and under 6'30 640 3045
Lime, hydrated, pulverized 500 to 6'30 510 to 640 30·45
Lime pebble 8'25 to 8'75 840 to 890 ;>45
Limestone, 8arJcuhural, 3 mm 10'60 1080 3O-4J
and under
Limestone, crusbed 13'30 to 14'10 J 35' to 1440 30-45
Limestone dust 8'65 to 14'90 880101520 38-45
Malnesite. caustic, in "85 8eO
powder form
Ma.nesite. sinter and maanesite, 19'60 2000
Iranular
Phosphate. rock. pulverized 9'40 9fiO 40-52
Phosrhate rock 11'75 to 1~'35 1 200 to 1 360 30-45
Phosphate sand 1410 to 15'70 1440 to 1 600 ~O-45
Pota\slum carbonate 7'95 810 30-4'
Potassium chloride, pellets 18'85 to 20'40 1920 to 2080 30-45
Potassium nitrate 4'85 495 ;>50
Potassium siliphate 6"5 to 7'45 670 to 760 4'
Pyrites. peJlt IS 18'8' to 20"40 1920 to 2080 30-4'

36
 IS: 875 ( Part 1 ) - 1917

MATIIlIAL WlrollT/MAss ANOLE 0'

r-- A FRICTION.
tN/m' Ita/m' DBOREES

Pumice 5'80 to 9'90 590 to 1010

Rubbiah:
BuiJdina 13'80 J 410
General 6'30 645
Salt, common. dry, coarse 6'JO to 1000 640 to 1020 30-45
Salt, common, dry, fine 1tOO to 12'55 1 120 to J 280 30-45
Salt cake, dry, coar. 13'3S 1 360 30
Salt cake, dry, pulverized 11'20 to 13'35 1 140 to J 360 Vi
Sand, bank. damp J7'25 to 20'40 1 760 to 2080 4S
Sand, bank, dry J4'I0 to 17'25 t 440 to 1 760 30
Sand, silica, dry 14'10 to 1"70 1440 to 1 600 30-35
1'57 160 :\0
~'fc::=\.I""''' 4'40 4~0 30-45
Soda ash, heavy 8'65 to 10'20 880 to I 040 35
Soda a.h,'Ii,ht 4'70to 6'00 480 to 610 37
Sodium nitrate, ,ranular 11'00 to 12'55 1 120 to I 280 24
Sulphur, crushed, 12 mm and under 7'85 to 8'25 800 to 840 35-45
Sulphur, 76 mm and under 8'6S to 13'35 880 to 1 360 32
Sulphur, powdered 7-85 to 9'40 800 to 960 30-45
Sinllo superphosphate ( S,S.P. ), 7'65 to 8'2S 780 to 840 37
Iranulated
SI&I,furnace, crushed 14'90 1520 35
Steel,oods:
Cylinders, usually storeel tor carbonic 13'80 1410
acid, etc
Sheets, railway railS, etc, 44'00 4490
usua lIy stored
Trisodium phosphate 9'40 960 30-4S
Triple luperphosphatc 7'85 to 8-65 800 to 880 30-4.5
Turf 2'SS to "70 2910 to 5810
Urea, priUs 6'40 650 23-26

Antimony 29'80 3040

Ferrous sulphide 26'50 2700
Ferrous sulphide ore 13-85 1400
waste arter roastin,
Iron ore, compact storin. 29-80 3040
Maanesium ore 19-60 2000

8, T~x'lks, Papn alJd AIIi«l Mat".lal,

Cellulose in bundles 7'35 7S0
Cotton, compressed 12'75 J 300
Flax, piled and compressed 2'95 300
in bale.
Furs S,oO 910
Jute in bundles 6'8~ 700
Paper:
In bundles and rolls 6-85 700
Newspapers in bundles 3'QO 400
Put in rows 10-80 1100
Thread in bundles 4'90 SOO
Wood, compressed 12'75 I 300

37
Bure•• of Indian Standards
BIS is a statutory institutionestablishedunder the BureauofIndianStandardsAct, 1986to promotehannonious
development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and attending to
connected matters in the country.
Copyright

BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any fonn
withoutthe prior permission in writingof BIS.This does not precludethe free use, in the courseof implementing
the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.Enquiries relating to
copyright be addressed to the Director (Publication), BIS.
Review of Indian Standards
Amendmentsare issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed
periodically;a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are
needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards
should ascertain that they are in possessionof the latestamendmentsor edition by referring to the latest issue of
'BIS Catalogue' and 'Standards: Monthly Additions'.

Amendments Issued Since Publication

AmendNo. Date of Issue Text Affected

BUREAU OF INDIANSTANDARDS
Headquarters:
ManakBhavan, 9 BahadurShah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telegrams: Manaksanstha
Telephones: 2323 0131,2323 3375,2323 9402 (Commonto all offices)
Regional Offices: Telephone
Central : Manak Bhavan,9 BahadurShah Zafar Marg 2323 7617
NEW DELHI 110002 { 23233841

Eastern : 1/14 C.I.T. SchemeVII M. V.I.P. Road, Kankurgachi 2337 8499, 2337 8561
KOLKATA 700054 { 2337 8626,2337 9120

Northern : SeQ 335-336, Sector 34.. A, CHANDIGARH ]60022 60 3843

{ 609285
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 2254 1216,2254 1442
{ 2254 2S 19, 2254 2315

Western : Manakelaya, E9 MIDe, Marol,Andheri(East) {2832 9295, 2832 7858

MUMBAI400093 2832 7891, 2832 7892
Branches : AHMEDABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR. COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD.
GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI. HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.
NALAGARH. PATNA. PUNE. RAJKOT. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM. VISAKHAPATNAM.

Printed at Simco Printinl Press, Delhi

 IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987
(Reaffirmed 1997)

PART 2 IMPOSED LOADS

(Second Revision)

UDC : 006.76

Copyright
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
 IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987

Indian Standard

ÜÛÍ×ÙÒÔÑßÜÍøÑÌØÛÎÌ
PART 2 IMPOSED LOADS

(Second

Structural Safety Sectional Committee, BDC 37

Chairman Representing
L. V. R AMAKRISHNA Engineer-in-Chief’s Branch, Army Headquarters, New
Delhi
Members
D R K. G. Bharat Heavy Ltd ( Corporate, Research
Development Division Hyderabad
S HRI M. S. In capacity A-2136, Enclave, New

N. K. Engineer-in-Chief’s Branch, Army Headquarters, New

De
S. K. MA L H O T R A (Alternate )
DR S. C. C HAKRABARTI Central Building Research Institute ( CSIR Roorkee
A. D A T T A ( )
C HIEF E NGINEER NDZ II Central Public Works Department, New Delhi
S U P E RI N TE N D I NG S URVEYOR OF W O R K S
( NDZ ) II (
D R P. DA Y A R A T N A M Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur
D R A. S. R. ( Alternate )
D EPU TY M U NICIPAL ( EN G G ) Municipal Corporation of Greater Bombay, Bombay
C ITY E NGINEER ( Alternate )
D IRECTOR ( CMDD-I Central Water Commission, New Delhi
D E P UT Y D I RE CTOR ( CMDD-I ( Alternate )
M A J- G EN A. M. Institution of Engineers India Calcutta
P ROF D. N. T RI KHA Alternate )
A. C. National Thermal Power Corporation Ltd, New Delhi
P. S EN G U P T A and Lloyds of India Ltd, Calcutta
S HRI M. M. G HO S H Alternate )
G. B. J A H A G I R D A R National Industrial Development Corporation Ltd, New
Delhi
J OINT D I RE CTOR S TA N D A RD S ( B S ), CB Ministry of Railways
S HRI S. P. Consulting Engineers, New Delhi
S HRI A. P. M ULL Alternate )
S HRI S. R. M. N. Dastur Co, Calcutta
S HRI S. N. PAL ( Alternate
S HRI H. N. M I S H R A Forest Research and Colleges, Dehra Dun
R. K. ( Alternate
S HRI T. K. D. MU N S H I Engineers India New Delhi
DR RA J K U M A R National Council for Cement and Building Materials,
New Delhi
D R M. N. RA O Structural Engineering Research Centre ( CSIR Madras
S HRI S. GO M A T H I N A Y A G A M Alternate )
D R T. N. S UBBA R A O Gammon India Ltd, Bombay
S. V. LO N K A R ( )
S HRI P. K. R A Y Indian Engineering Association, Calcutta
S HRI P. K. M U KHE RJ E E ( Alternate )
S. SE E T H A R A M A N Ministry of Surface Transport Roads Wing New Delhi
S HRI S. P. C HA KRA BO RTY ( Alternate )
( Continued on page 2 )

Copyright 1989
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
This publication is protected under the Act ( XIV of and reproduction in whole or
in part by any means except with written permission of the publisher shall be deemed to be an infringement
of copyright under the said Act.
( Continuedfrom page 1
Members Representing
M. C. SHARMA India Meteorological Department, New Delhi
K. S. National Buildings Organization, New Delhi
A. K. LAL ( Alternate )
S HRI KLIMAR National Building Construction Corporation, Limited,
New Delhi
G. Director General, BIS ( Member
Director ( Civ Engg

Secretary
S HRI B. R.
Deputy Director ( Civ Engg BIS

Panel on Loads ( Other than Wind Loads BDC 37 P3

ݱ²ª»²»®
D R T. N. RA O Gammon India Limited, Bombay
D R S. V. LONKAR ( Alternate
Members
D R T. V. S. R. RA O Structural Engineering Research Centre, CSIR Campus,
Madras
D R M. N. KESHAVA R AO ( Alternate
S. R. M. N. Dastur Co Ltd, Calcutta
M. L. Metallurgical Engineering Consultants India )
K. DA TTA ( Alternate )
D R C. N. C. R. Narayana Rao, Madras
S UP E RI N TE ND I NG E NG I NE E R ( D ) Central Public Works Department ( Central Designs
Organization New Delhi
E XECUTIVE E NGINEER ( D ) VII ( Alternate )
DR H. C. V I S VE S VA R A Y A National Council for Cement and Building Materials,
New Delhi
 IS 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987

CONTENTS

FOREWORD
SC OPE

IMPOSED LOADS ON FLOORS D UE TO USE AND O CCUPANCY

Imposed Loads
3.1.1 Load Application
Loads Due to Partitions
Reduction in Imposed Loads on Floors
Posting of Floor Capacities
IMPOSED LOADS ON R OOFS
Imposed Loads on Various Types of Roofs
Concentrated Load on Roof Coverings
Loads Due to Rain
Dust Load
Loads on Members Supporting Roof Coverings
IMPOSED HORIZONTAL LOADS ON PARAPETS AND BALUSTRADES
LOADING EFFECTS DUE TO IMPACT AND VIBRATION
Impact for Lifts, Hoists and Machinery
Concentrated Imposed Loads with Impact and Vibration
Impact Allowances for Crane Girders
Crane Load Combinations
OTHER LOADS
APPENDIX A ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE SHOWING R EDUCTION OF UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED
IMPOSED F LOOR L OADS IN M U L T I-STO REYED B UILD INGS FOR D ESIGN OF
C OLUMNS
 ×Í èéë ø ïçèé
ﮬ î ÷
Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR BUILDINGS AND
PART 2 IMPOSED LOADS
(Second Revision)
0. FOR E W O R D
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 2 ) ( Second
Revision ) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian
Standards on 31 August 1987. after the draft
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional Com-
mittee had been approved by the Divi-
sion Council.
0.2 A building has to perform many functions
satisfactorily. Amongst these functions are the
utility of the building for the intended use
and occupancy, structural safety, fire safety;
and compliance with hygienic, sanitation, venti-
lation and day light standards. The design of
the building is dependent upon the minimum
requirements prescribed for each of the above
functions. The minimum requirements pertaining
to the structural safety of buildings are being
covered in this Code by way of laying down
minimum loads have to be assumed
for dead loads, imposed loads, snow loads and
other external loads, the structure would be
required to bear. Strict conformity to loading
standards recommended in this Code, it is hoped,
will not only ensure the structural safety of the
buildings which are being designed and construct-
ed in the country and thereby reduce the hazards
to life and property caused by unsafe structures,
but also eliminate the wastage caused by assuming
unnecessarily heavy loadings.
0.3 This Code was first published in 1957 for the
guidance of civil engineers, designers and archi-
tects associated with the planning and design of
buildings. It included the provisions for the basic
design loads ( dead loads, live loads, wind loads
and seismic loads to be assumed in the design
of buildings. its firs! revision in 1964, the
wind pressure provisions were modified on the
basis of studies of wind phenomenon and its
effects on structures, undertaken by the special
committee in co nsultation with the I ndian
Meteorological Department. In addition to this,
new clauses on wind loads for butterfly type
structures were included; wind coeffi-
cients for sheeted roofs, both curved and sloping,
were modified; seismic load provisions were delet-
ed ( separate code having been prepared ) and
metric system of weights and measurements was
adopted.
With the increased adoption of the Code,
a number of comments were received on the pro-
visions on live load values adopted for different
occupancies. Simultaneously live load surveys
have been carried out in America and Canada to
arrive at realistic live loads based on actual deter-
mination of loading ( movable and immovable )
in different occupancies. Keeping this in view
and other developments in the field of wind
engineering, the Sectional Committee responsible
for the preparation of the Code has decided to
prepare the second revision of IS 875 in the
following five parts
Part Dead loads
Part 2 Imposed loads
Part 3 Wind loads
Part 4 Snow loads
Part Special loads and load combinations
Earthquake load is covered in a separate
standard, namely IS which should
be considered along with above loads.
0.3.2 This Code Part 2 deals with imposed
loads on buildings produced by the intended
occupancy or use. In this revision, the following
changes have been made:
a) The use of the term ‘live load’ has been
modified to ‘imposed load’ to cover not
only the physical contribution due to
persons but also due to nature of occu-
pancy, the furniture and other equipments
which are a part of the character of the
occupancy.
b) The imposed loads on floors and roofs
ha ve b een r ati onal ized based on the
codified data available in large number
of latest foreign national standards, and
other literature. Further, these values
have been spelt out for the major occu-
pancies as classified in the National
Building Code of India as well as the
various service areas appended to the major
occupancies.
*Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
(fourth revision

The re ducti on of impose d loads for
design of vertical supporting members
in buildings has been
further increased from 40 to 50 percent.
Provision has been included for sign
posting of loads on floors in view of
the diffe re nt loadi ngs spec ifie d. for
different occupancies and to avoid possi-
ble misuse in view of conversion of
occupancies.
The val ue o f l oads on pa ra pe ts a nd
balustrades have been revised with its
effect taken both in the horizontal and
vertical directions.
In the design of dwelling units planned
and e xec uted in accordance with
IS an imposed load of
is allowed.
Units have been used in the Code.
0.3.3 The buildings and structural systems shall
provide such structural integrity that the hazards
associated with progressive collapse such as that
due to local failure caused by severe overloads or
abnormal loads not specifically covered therein
are reduced to a level consistent with good
engineering practice.
0.3.4 Whenever buildings are designed for future
additions of floor at a later date, the number of
storeys for which columns/walls, foundations, etc,
have been structurally designed may be posted in
a conspicuous place similar to posting of floor
capacities and both could be placed together.
0.4 The Sectional Committee responsible for the
preparation of this Code has taken into account
- -
SCOPE
1.1 This standard ( Part 2) covers imposed loads*
( live loads to be assumed in the design of build-
ings. The imposed specified herein, are
minimum loads which should be taken into con-
sideration for the purpose of structural safety of
buildings.
1.2 This Code does not cover detailed provisions
for loads incidental to construction and special
cases of vibration, such as moving machinery,
heavy acceleration from cranes, hoists and the
like. Such loads shall be dealt with individually
in each case.
2. TERMINOLOGY
2.0 For the purpose of this Code, the following
definitions shall apply.
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987
the prevailing practices in regard to loading
standards followed in this country by the various
municipal authorities and has also taken note of
the developments in a number of countries abroad.
In the preparation of this Code, the following
national standards have been examined
a) BS 6399 Part 1 1984 Design Loading for
Buildings Part I: Code of Practice for
Dead and Imposed Loads. British Stand-
ards Institution.
b) AS 1170, Part 1-1983 SAA Loading
Code , Pa rt I De ad a nd Live Loa ds.
Australian Standards Institution.
c) NZS 4203-1976 New Zealand Standard
General Structural Design and Design
Loading for Building. Standards Associa-
tion of New Zealand.
d) ANSI. A 58.1 Standard
Building Code Requirements for Minimum
Design Loads in Buildings and Other
Structures.
National Building Code of Canada ( 1977 )
Supplement No. 4. Canadian Structural
Design Manual.
DIN 1055 Sheet 3 1971 Design Loads
for Buildings Live Load ( West German
Loading Standards
IS0 2103-1986 Loads due to use and
occupancy in residential and public build-
ings.
IS0 Determination of Impos-
ed Floor Loads in Production Buildings
and Warehouses. lnternational Organiza-
tion for Standardization.
2.1 Imposed Load The loa d a ssume d t o be
produced by the intended use or occupancy of a
building, the weight of movable parti-
tions, distributed, concentrated loads, load due
to impact and vibration, and dust load but ex-
cluding wind, seismic, snow and other loads due
to temperature changes, creep, shrinkage, differ-
ential settlement, etc.
2.2 Occupancy or Use Group The principal
occupancy for which a building or part of a build-
ing is used or intended to be used; for the pur-
pose of classification of a building according to
occupancy, an occupancy shall be deemed to
include subsidiary occupancies which are contin-
gent upon it. The occupancy classification is
given from 2.2.1 to 2.2.8.
2.2.1 Assembly Buildings These shall include
any building or part of a building where groups
of people congregate or gather for amusement,
recreation, social, religious, patriotic, Civil, travel
and similar purposes, for example, theatres,
motion picture houses, assembly halls, city halls,
IS 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987
marriage halls, town halls, auditoria, exhibition
halls, museums, skating rinks, gymnasiums,
restaurants ( also used as assembly halls places
of worship, dance halls, club rooms, passenger
stations and terminals of air, surface and other
public transportation services, recreation piers
and stadia, etc.
2.2.2 Business Buildings These shall include
any building or part of a building, which is used for
transaction of business ( other than that covered
by 2.2.6 ); for the keeping of accounts and records
for similar purposes; offices, banks, professional
establishments, court houses, and libraries shall
be classified in this group so far as principal func-
tion of these is transaction of public business
and the keeping of books and records.
2.2.2.1 buildings The buildings
primarily to be used as an office or for office pur-
poses; ‘office purposes’ include the purpose of
administration, clerical work, handling money,
telephone and telegraph operating and operating
computers, calculating machines; ‘clerical work’
includes writing, book-keeping, sorting papers,
typing, filing, duplicating, punching cards or
tapes, drawing of matter for publication and the
editorial preparation of matter for publication.
2.2.3 Educational Buildings These shall
include any building used for school, college or
day-care purposes involving assembly for instruc-
tion, education or recreation and which is not
covered by 2.2.1.
2.2.4 Industrial Buildings These shall include
any building or a part of a building or structure in
which products or materials of various kinds and
properties are fabricated, assembled or processed
like assembly plants, power plants, refineries, gas
mills, dairies, factories, workshops, etc.
2.2.5 Institutional Buildings These shall include
any building or a part thereof, which for
purposes, such as medical or other treatment in
case of persons suffering from physical and mental
illness, disease or infirmity; care of infants, con-
valescents of aged persons and for penal or cor-
rectional detention in which the liberty of the
inmates is restricted. Institutional buildings
ordinarily provide’ sleeping accommodation for
the occupants. It includes hospitals, sanitoria,
custodial institutions or penal institutions like
jails, prisons and reformatories.
2.2.6 Mercantile Buildings -These shall include
any building or a part of a building which is used
as shops, stores, market for display and sale of
merchandise either wholesale or retail. Office,
storage and service facilities incidental to the sale
of merchandise and located in the same building
shall be included under this group.
Residential Buildings These shall include
any building in which sleeping accommodation is
provided for normal residential purposes with or
without cooking or dining or both facilities
( except buildings under 2.2.5). It includes one
multi-family dwellings, apartment houses
lodging or rooming houses, restaurants,
hostels, dormitories and residential hotels.
2.2.7.1 Dwellings These shall include any
building or. occupied by members of single/
multi-family units with independent cooking
facilities. These shall also include apartment
houses ( flats
2.2.8 Storage Buildings These shall include
any building or part of a building used primarily
for the storage or sheltering of goods, wares or
like warehouses, cold storages,
freight depots, transity sheds, store houses, gara-
ges, hangers, truck terminals, grain elevators,
barns and stables.
3. IMPOSED LOADS ON FLOORS DUE TO
USE AND OCCUPANCY
3.1 Imposed Loads The imposed loads to be
assumed in the design of buildings shall be the
greatest loads that probably will be produced by
the intended use or occupancy, but shall not be
less than the equivalent minimum loads specified
in Table 1 subject to any reductions permitted
by 3.2.
Floors shall be investigated for both the
uniformly distributed load ( UDL ) and the cor-
responding concentrated load specified in Table 1
and designed For the most adverse effects but
they shall not be considered to act simultaneously.
The concentrated loads specified in Table 1 may
be assumed to act over an area of x m.
However, the conce ntra ted loa ds nee d not
be considered where the floors are capable of
effective lateral distribution of this load.
All other structural elements shall be investi-
gated for the effects of uniformly distributed loads
on the floors specified in Table 1.
N OTE 1 Where in Table 1, no values are given for
concentrated load, it may be assumed that the tabula-
ted distributed load is adequate for design purposes.
N OTE 2 The loads specified in Table are equiva-
lent uniformly distributed loads on the plan area and
provide for normal effect of impact and acceleration.
They do not take into consideration special concentra-
ted loads and other loads.
N OTE 3 Where the use of an area or floor is not
provided in Table 1, the imposed load due to the use
and occupancy of such an area shall be determined
from the analysis of loads resulting from:
weight of the probable assembly of persons;
weight of the probable accumulation of equipment
and furnishing;
weight of the probable storage materials; and
impact factor, if any.
 ×Í æø ﮬ
ïçèé
î ÷

ÌßÞÔÛ
1 ×ÓÐÑÍÛÜ ÚÔÑÑÎ ÔÑßÜÍÑÝÝËÐßÒÝ×ÛÍ
ÚÑÎ

øÝ´¿«­»­ íòïô íòïòï ¿²¼ìòïòï

ÝßÍÍ×Ú×ÝßÌ×ÑÒ
Ô U NIFORMLY C ONCENTRATED
No. LOAD
L OAD ( UDL )
(2) (3) (4)

i ) RESIDENTIAL
a) Dwelling houses:
1) All rooms and kitchens
2) Toilet and bath rooms
3) Corridors, passages, staircases ìòë
including tire escapes and store
rooms
Balconies íòð per metre run concen-
trated at the outer edge

Dwelling units planned and

cd in accordance with IS :
only:
Habitable rooms, kitchens, ïŽì
toile t and
2) Corridors, passages and stair-
cases including fire escapes
3) Balconies per metre run concen-
trated at the outer edge

Hotels, hostels, boarding houses,

lodging houses, dormitories,
residential clubs:

Living rooms, bed rooms and

dormitories
Kitchens and laundries
Billiards room and public

Store rooms
Dining rooms, cafeterias and
restaurants
rooms
Rooms for indoor games
Baths toilets
Corridors, passages, staircases
including fire escapes, lobbies
-- as per the floor serviced
( excluding stores and the like )
but not less than
Balconies Same as rooms to which per metre run
they give access but with trated at the outer edge
a minimum of
d) Boiler rooms and plant rooms to
be but not than
 ÚÔÑÑÎ ÔÑßÜÍ ÚÑÎ Ü×ÚÚÛÎÛÒÌ ÑÝÝËÐ

O CCUPANCY C LASSIFICATION CONCENTRATED

No. L OAD
L OAD ( UDL )

e) Garages:
Garage floors ( including
ing area and repair workshops )
for passenger cars and vehicles
not exceeding tonnes gross
weight, including access ways
and ramps to be calculated
but not less than
Garage floors for vehicles not ë Žð
exceeding tonnes gross
weight ( including access ways
and ramps ) to be calculated
but not less than
ii) EDUCATIONAL BUILDINGS
Class rooms and lecture rooms
( not used for assembly purposes )
Dining rooms, cafeterias and
restaurants
Offices, lounges and staff rooms
Dormitories
Projection rooms
Kitchens
Toilets and bathrooms
Store rooms
Libraries and archives:
1) Stack room/stack area for a minimum
height of m
per metre height
beyond m
2) Reading rooms ( without sepa-
rate storage )
3) Reading rooms ( with separate
storage
Boiler rooms and plant rooms to
be calculated but not less than
Corridors, passages, lobbies, stair-
cases including fire escapes as per
the floor serviced ( without account-
ing for storage and projection
rooms ) but not less than
Balconies Same as rooms to which per metre run
they give access but with trated at the outer edge
a minimum of
iii) INSTITUTIONAL
a) Bed rooms, wards, dressing rooms,
dormitories and lounges
b) Kitchens, laundries and 45
tories
( Continued )

8
 ×Í èéë ø ïçèé
ﮬ î

ÌßÞÔÛ
1 ×ÓÐÑÍÛÜ ÚÔÑÑÎ ÔÑßÜÍ ÚÑÎ Ü×ÚÚÛÎÛÒÌ ÑÝÝË

O CCUPANCY C LASSIFICATION C ONCENTRATED

No. LOAD
L OAD ( UDL )

(2) (3) (4)

c) Dining rooms, cafeterias and

restaurants
Toilets and bathrooms
e) X-ray rooms, operating rooms,
general storage areas -to be cal-
culated but not less than
f) Office rooms and OPD rooms
g) Corridors, passages, lobbies and
staircases including fire escapes
as per the floor serviced but not less
than
h) Boiler rooms and plant rooms to
be calculated but not less than
j) Balconies Same as the rooms to 1’5 per metre run
which they give access but trated at the outer edge
with a minimum of
iv) ASSEMBLY BUILDINGS
a) Assembly areas:
1) with fixed
2) without fixed seats
b) Restaurants ( subject to assembly
museums and art galleries and
gymnasia
c) Projection rooms
d) Stages
Office rooms, kitchens and laundries
f) Dressing rooms
Lounges and billiards rooms
Toilets and bathrooms
j) Corridors, passages, staircases
including fire escapes
k) Balconies Same as rooms to which per metre run concen-
they give access but with trated at the outer edge
a of
m) Boiler rooms and plant rooms
including weight of machinery
Corridors, passages subject to loads
greater than from crowds, such as
wheeled vehicles, trolleys and the
like. Corridors, staircases and pas-
sages in grandstands
v) BUSINESS AND OFFICE BUILDINGS ( see 3.1.2 )
a) Rooms for general use with separate
storage
b) Rooms separate storage
×Í æ èéëïçèé
ø ﮬ î ÷

IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS FOR DIFFERENT OCCUPANCIES

OCCUPANCY C LASSIFICATION CONCENTRATED

No. DISTRIBUTED LOAD
L OAD ( UDL

(3) (4)

c) Banking halls
d) Business computing machine rooms
( with fixed computers or similar
equipment
e) Records/files store rooms and
storage space
f) Vaults and strong room to be
calculated but not less than
g) Cafeterias and dining rooms
h) Kitchens
j) Corridors, passages, lobbies and
staircases including fire escapes as
per the floor serviced (excluding
stores ) but not less than
k) Bath and toilet rooms
Balconies Same as rooms to which per metre run concen-
they give access but with trated at the outer edge
a minimum of
n) Stationary stores for each metre of
storage height
p) Boiler rooms and plant rooms to
be calculated but not less than
q) Libraries see No. ii )
vi) MERCANTILE BUILDINGS
a) Retail shops
b) Wholesale shops to be calculated
but not less than
c) Office rooms
d) Dining rooms, restaurants and cafe-
terias
e) Toilets
f) Kitchens and laundries
g) Boiler roooms and plant rooms
to be calculated but not less than

h) Corridors, passages, staircases

including fire escapes and lobbies
j) Corridors, passages, staircases sub-
ject to loads greater than from
crowds, such as wheeled vehicles,
trolleys and the like
k) Balconies Same as rooms to which per metre run concen-
they give access but with trated at the outer edge
a minimum of
 IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987

TABLE 1 IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS FOR DIFFERENT OCCUPANCIES Contd

O CCUPANCY C LASSIFICATION U NIFORMLY C ONCENTRATED

No. LOAD
( UDL )

(2) (3) (4)

vii) INDUSTRIAL
Work areas without machinery/
equipment
Work areas with machinery/equip-
ments
1) Light duty To be
2) Medium duty ted but not
3) Heavy duty J less than

Boiler rooms and plant rooms to

be calculated but not less than
and dining rooms

Corridors, passages and staircases

including fire escapes
Corridors, passages, staircases sub-
ject to machine loads, wheeled
vehicles be calculated but not
less than
Kitchens
Toilets and bathrooms

viii) STORAGE BUILDINGS

Storage rooms ( other than cold per each

storage ) warehouses to be calcu- metre of storage height
lated based on the bulk density of with a minimum of
materials stored but not less than
Cold storage -- to be calculated per each
but not less than metre of storage height
wi t h a minimum of

Corridors, passages and staircases

including fire escapes as per the
floor serviced but not less than
Corridors, passages subject to loads
greater than from crowds, such as
wheeled vehicles, trolleys and the
like
Boiler rooms and plant rooms
*Guide for requirements of low income housing.
unrestricted assembly of persons is anticipated, the value of UDL should be increased to
fixed seats’ implies that the removal of the seating and the use of the space for other purposes is
improbable. The maximum likely load in this case is, therefore, closely controlled.
loading in industrial buildings ( workshops and factories ) varies considerably and SO three loadings
under the terms ‘light’, ‘medium’ and ‘heavy’ are introduced in order to allow for more economical designs but
the terms have no special meaning in themselves other than the imposed load for which the relevant floor is design-
ed. It is, however, important particularly in the case of heavy weight loads, to assess the actual loads to ensure
that they are not in excess of 10 in case where they are in excess, the design shall be based on the actual
loadings.
various mechanical handling equipment which are used to transport goods, as in warehouses, workshops,
store rooms, etc, the actual load coming from the use of such equipment shall be as-ertained and design should
cater to such loads.
IS : 875 ( Part 2 )

N OTE 4 While selecting a particular loading, the weight per metre run of finished partitions,
possible change in use or occupancy of the building subject to a minimum of 1 provided total
should be kept in view. Designers should not neces-
sarily select in every case the lower loading appropriate weight of partition walls per square metre of the
to the first occupancy. In doing this, they might intro- wall area does not exceed and the
duce considerable restrictions in the use of the build- total weight per metre length is not greater than

N OTE 5 The loads specified herein which are

based on estimations, may be considered as the 3.2 Reduction in Imposed Loads on Floors
characteristic loads for the purpose of limit state
method of design till such time statistical data are 3.2.1 For Floor Supporting Members
established based on load surveys to be conducted in Except as provided for 3.2.1.1, the following
the country.
reductions in assumed total imposed loads on
N OTE 6 When an existing building is altered by floors may be made in designing columns, load
extension in height or area, all existing structural bearing walls, piers, their supports and founda-
parts affected by the addition shall be strengthened,
where necessary, and all new structural parts shall be tions.
designed to meet the requirements for building there-
after erected. Number of Floors Reduction in Total
N OTE 7 The loads specified in the Code does not ing the Roof) to be Carried Distributed Imposed
include loads incidental to construction. by Member under Load on all Floors to
close supervision during construction is essential to Consideration
that overloading of the building due to loads be Carried by the
by way of stacking of building materials or use of Member under
equipment ( for example, cranes and trucks ) during Consideration
construction or loads which may be induced by floor to ( Percent )
floor propping in multi-storeyed construction. does not
occur. However: if construction loads were of short
duration, increase in stresses in the case of 0
working method or permissible decrease in load
factors in limit state method, as applicable to relevant
design codes, may be allowed for. 20
N OTE 8 The loads in Table 1 are grouped together 4 30
as applicable to buildings having separate principal
occupancy or use. For a building with multiple occu- 5 10 40
pancies, the loads appropriate to the occupancy with Over 10 50
comparable use shall be chosen from other occupancies.
Ò 9
ÑÌÛ -- Regarding loading on machine rooms
storage space used for repairing lift 3.2.1.1 NO reduction shall be made for any
machines, designers should go by the recommendations plant or machinery which is specifically allowed
of lift manufacturers for the present. Regarding the for, or in buildings for storage purposes, ware-
loading due to false ceiling the same should be con-
sidered as an imposed load on the roof/floor to which houses and garages. However, for other buildings
it is fixed. where the floor is designed for an imposed floor
load of or more, the reductions shown
Load Application The uniformly distri- in 3.2.1 may be taken, provided that the loading
buted loads specified in shall be applied assumed is not less than it would have been if all
as static loads over the entire floor area under the floors had been designed for with
consideration or a portion of the area which- no reductions.
ever arrangement produces critical effects on the
structural elements as provided in respective ÒÑÌÛ case if the reduced load in the lower
design codes. floor is lesser than the reduced load in the upper floor,
then the reduced load of the upper floor will be
In the design of floors, the concentrated loads adopted.
are considered to be applied in the positions which
produce the maximum stresses and where deflec- 3.2.1.2 An example is given in Appendix A
tion is the main criterion, in the positions which illustrating the reduction of imposed loads in a
produce the maximum deflections Concentrated multi-storeyed building in the design of column
load, when used for the calculation of bending and members.
shear are assumed to act at a point. When used
for the calculation of local effects, such as crush- 3.2.2 For Reams in Each Floor Level Where
ing or punching, they are assumed to act over an a single span of beam, girder or truss supports
actual area of application of x m. not less than 50 of floor at one general level,
the imposed floor load may be reduced in the
3.1.2 Loads Due to Light Partitions In office design of the beams, girders or trusses by 5 per-
and other buildings where actual loads due to cent for each 50 area supported subject to a
light partitions cannot be assessed at the time of maximum reduction of 25 percent. However, no
planning, the floors and the supporting structural reduction shall be made in any of the following
members shall be designed to carry, in addition to types of loads:
other loads, a uniformly distributed load per
square metre of not less than 339 percent of a) Any superimposed moving load,

Any actual load due to machinery or
similar concentrated loads,
The additional load in respect of partition
walls, and
Any impact or vibration.
N OTE The above reduction does not apply to
3.3 Posting of Floor Capacities Where a
or part of a floor of a building has been designed
to sustain a uniformly distributed load exceeding
and in assembly, business, mercantile,
industrial or storage buildmgs, a permanent notice
in the form as shown in the label, indicating
the actual uniformly distributed and/or concentrat-
ed loadings for which the floor has been structu-
rally designed shall be posted in a conspicuous
in a position adjacent to such floor or on
such part of a floor.
DESIGNED IMPOSED FLOOR LOADING
DISTRIBUTED.
C ON C E N T R A T E D ,
INDICATING D ESIGNED I MPOSED F L O O R
LOAD ING
N OTE The lettering of such notice shall be
embossed or cast suitably on a tablet whose least
less than m above floor level with lettering of a
N OTE 2 If a concentrated load or a bulk load has
to occupy a definite position on the floor, the same
could also be indicated in the label above.
4. IMPOSED LOADS ON ROOFS
4.1 Imposed Loads on Various Types of Roofs
On flat roofs, sloping roofs and curved roofs, the
imposed loads due to use or occupancy of the
buildings and the geometry of the types of roofs
shall be as given in Table 2.
4.1.1 Roofs of buildings used for promenade or
to assembly purposes shall be designed
for the appropriate imposed floor loads given
Table 1 for the occupancy.
4.2 Concentrated Load on Roof Coverings To
provide for loads Incidental to maintenance, unless
otherwise, specified by the Engineer-in-Charge, all
roof coverings ( other than glass or transparent
sheets made of fibre glass shall be capable of
carrying an incidental load of concen-
trated on an area of 12.5 cm* so placed as to
maximum stresses in the covering, The
intensity of the concentrated load may be reduced
with the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge,
IS : 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987
where it is ensured that the roof coverings would
not be without suitable aids. In any
case, the roof coverings shall be capable of carry-
ing the loads in accordance with 4.4 and
snow load/wind load.
4.3 Loads Doe to Rain On surfaces whose posi-
tioning, shape and drainage systems are such as to
make accumulation of rain water possible! loads
due to such accumulation of water and the
ed loads for the roof as given in Table 2 shall be
considered separately and the more critical of the
two shall be adopted in the design.
4.4 Dust Load Jn areas prone to settlement
of dust on roofs ( example, steel plants, cement
plants provision for dust load equivalent to
probable thickness of accumulation of dust may
be made.
4.5 Loads on Members Supporting Roof Cover-
ings Every m e m b e r o f th e supporting
structure which is directly supporting the roof
covering(s) shall be designed to carry the more
severe of the following loads except as provided
in 4.5.1
a) The load transmitted to the members
from the roof covering(s) in accordance
with 4.1, 4.3 and 4.4; and
b) An incidental concentrated load of
concentrated over a length of cm
placed at the most unfavourable positions
on the member.
N OTE Where it is ensured that the roofs would be
traversed only with the aid of planks and ladders cap-
able of distributing the loads on them to or more
supporting members, the intensity of concentrated
load indicated in may be reduced to with
the approval of the Engineer-in-Charge.
4.5.1 In case of sloping roofs with slope greater
t ha n members supporting the roof
such as trusses, beams, girders, etc, may be desig-
ned for two-thirds of the imposed load on
or roofing sheets.
5. IMPOSED HORIZONTAL LOADS ON
PARAPETS AND BALUSTRADES
5.1 Parapets, Parapet Walls and Balustrades
Parapets, parapet walls and balustrades together
with the members which give them structural
support shall be designed for the minimum loads
given in Table 3. These are expressed as horizon-
tal forces acting at handrail or coping level. These
loads shall be considered to act vertically also but
simultaneously with the horizontal forces.
The values given in Table 3 are minimum values
and where values for actual loadings are available,
they shall be used instead.
5.2 Grandstands and the Like-Gra nd sta nds,
stadia, assembly platforms, reviewing stands and
the like shall be designed to resist a horizontal
force applied to seats of per linear metre
IS 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987

along the line of seats and per linear factors, lateral and longitudinal braking forces
metre perpendicular to the line of the seats. acting across and along the crane rails
These loadings need not be applied simultaneously. respectively.
Platforms without seats shall be designed to resist
a minimum horizontal force of of 6.1 Impact Allowance for Lifts, Hoists and Machi-
plan area. nery The imposed loads specified in 3.1 shall be
assumed to include adequate allowance for ordi-
6. LOADING EFFECTS DUE TO IMPACT nary impact conditions. However, for structures
AND VIBRATION carrying loads which induce impact or vibration,
6.0 The crane loads to be considered under impos- as far as possible, calculations shall be made for
ed loads shall include the vertical loads, eccentri- increase in the imposed load, due to impact or
city effects induced by vertical loads, impact vibration. In the absence of sufficient data for

ÌßÞÔÛ î ×ÓÐÑÍÛÜ ÔÑßÜÍ ÑÒ ÊßÎ×ÑËÍ ÌÇÐÛ

ø ìòï

T YPE OF R OOF U NIFORMLY D ISTRIBUTED M INIMUM IMPOSED L OAD

No. IMPOSED L OAD M EASUKED M EASURED ON P LAN
ON P LAN AREA

i) Flat, sloping or curved roof

slopes up to and includ-
ing 10 degrees
a) Access provided
b) A ccess n ot p ro vi d ed
except for maintenance
ii) Sloping roof with slope greater
than 10 degrees
iii) Curved roof with slope of line
obtained by joining spring-
ing point to the crown with
the horizontal, greater than
10 degrees
N OTE The loads given above do not include loads due to snow, rain, dust collection, etc.
be designed for imposed loads given above or for snow/rain load, whichever is greater.
N OTE 2 For special types of roofs with highly permeable and absorbent material, the contingency of roof
material increasing in weight due to absorption of moisture shall be provided for.
3.75 uniformly distributed
over any span of one metre
width of the roof slab and 9
uniformly distributed over the
span of any beam or truss or
wall
un if o r ml y di st r i bu t ed
over any span of one metre
width of the roof slab and
uniformly distributed over
span of any beam or truss
or wall
For roof membrane sheets or Subject to a minimum of
less
for every degree increase in slope
over 10 degrees
( ) Subject to a m i n i mu m o f
y
= the height of the highest
point of the structure
measured from its spring-
ing; and
I= width of the roof
singly curved and
shorter of the two sides
if doubly curved
Alternatively, where structural
analysis can be carried out for
curved roofs of all slopes in a
simple manner applying the laws
of statistics, the curved roof shall
be divided into minimum 6 equal
segments and for each segment
imposed load shall be calculated
appropriate to the slope of the
chord of each segment as given in
(i) ( ii ) above
The roof shall
 IS 875 ( Part 2 ) 1987

TABLE 3 HORIZONTAL LOADS ON PARAPETS, PARAPET WALLS AND BALUSTRADES

( 5.1
ËÍßÙÛ
ßÎ Û ß INTENSITY OF HORIZONTAL
LOAD, RUN

Light access stairs-gangways and the like not

more than 600 mm wide
ii) Light access stairs. and the
like, more than 600 mm wide: stairways,
landings, balconies and parapet walls
( private and part of dwellings
iii) All other stairways, landings and balco-
nies, and all parapets and handrails to
roofs except those subject to overcrow-
ding covered under iv )
iv) Parapets and balustrades in place of
assembly, such as theatres, cinemas,
churches, schools, places of entertain-
ment. sports, buildings likely to be over-
crowded
In the case of guard parapets on a floor of multi-storeyed car park or crash barriers provided in
certain buildings for fire escape, the value of imposed horizontal load ( together with impact load ) may be
determined.

such calculation, the increase in the imposed loads
shall be as follows:
Structures
For frames supporting lifts
and hoists
For foundations, footings
and piers supporting lifts
and hoisting apparatus
For supporting structures
and foundations for light
machinery, shaft or motor
units
For supporting structures
and foundations for reci-
procating machinery or
power units
6.2 Concentrated Loads with and
Vibration Concentrated imposed loads with
impact and vibration which may be due to instal-
Impact led machinery shall be considered and provided
Allowance for in the design. The impact factor shall not be
Min less than 20 percent which is the amount allow-
100 able for light machinery.
40 percent 6.2.1 Provision shall also be made for carrying
any concentrated equipment load s the
equipment is being installed or moved for
20 percent and repairing.
6.3 Impact Allowances for Crane Girders For
crane gantry girders and supporting columns, the
50 percent following allowances shall be deemed to cover all
forces set up by vibration, shock from slipping or
slings, kinetic action of acceleration, and retarda-
tion and impact of wheel loads

Type of Load Additional Load

a) Vertical loads for electric overhead cranes
b) Vertical loads for hand operated cranes
25 percent of maximum static loads for
crane girders for all classes of cranes
25 percent for columns supporting Class
and Class IV cranes
10 percent for columns supporting Class I
and Class II cranes
No additional load for design of founda-
tions
10 percent of maximum wheel loads for
crane girders only
(Continued)
 IS rart
c) Horizontal forces transverse to rails:
1) For electric overhead cranes with
trolley having rigid mast for suspen-
sion of lifted weight ( such as soaker
crane, stripper crane, etc
2) For all other electric overhead cranes
and hand operated cranes
d) Horizontal traction forces along the
rails for overhead cranes, either electri-
cally operated or hand operated
Forces specified in ( c and ( d shall be
considered as acting at the rail level and being
appropriately transmitted to the supporting sys-
tem. Gantry girders and their vertical supports
shall be designed on the assumption that either of
the horizontal forces in ( c ) and ( d ) may act at
the same time as the vertical load.
NOTE-&e IS : for classification
1 to 4 ) of cranes.
6.3.1 Overloading Factors in Crane Supporting
For all ladle cranes and charging
cranes, where there is possibility of overloading
from production considerations, an overloading
factor of 10 percent of the maximum wheel load-
ing shall be taken.
6.4 Crane Load Combinations In the absence
of any specific indications, the load
shall be as indicated in the following sub-clauses.
6.4.1 Vertical Loads In an aisle, where more
than one crane is in operation or has provision
for more than one crane in future, the following
load combinations shall be taken for vertical
loading:
Two adjacent cranes working in tandem
w i t h f u l l l o ad a n d w i t h
according to a and
For long span gantries, where more than
one crane can come in the span, the girder
shall be designed for crane fully loaded
with overloading according to 6.3(a)
plus as many loaded cranes as can be
*Code of practice for design, manufacture, erection
and testing ( structural portion of cranes and hoists
(first revision
-10 percent of weight o f crab and the
weight lifted by the cranes, acting on any
one crane track rail. acting in either direc-
tion and equally distributed amongst all
the wheels on one side of rail track
For frame analysis this force shall be
applied on one side of the frame at a time
in either direction
-5 percent of weight of crab and the weight
lifted by the cranes, acting on anyone
crane track rail, acting in either direction
and equally distributed amongst the
wheels on one side of rail track
For the frame analysis, this force shall be
applied on one side of the frame at a time
in either direction
-5 percent of all static wheel loads
accommodated on the span but without
taking into account overloading according
to a ) to give the maximum effect.
6.4.2 Lateral Surge For design of columns
and foundations, supporting crane girders, the
following crane combinations shall be considered:
For single-bay frames Effect of one
crane in the bay giving the worst effect
shall be considered for calculation of surge
force, and
For multi-bay frames Effect of two
cranes working one each in any of two
bays in the cross-section to give the worst
effect shall be considered calculation
of surge force.
6.4.3 Tractive Force
6.4.3.1 Where one crane is in operation with
no provision for future crane, tractive force from
only one crane shall be taken
6.4.3.2 Where more than one crane is in
operation or there is provision for future crane,
tractive force from two cranes giving maximum
effect shall considered.
N OTE Lateral surge force and longitudinal
tive force actingacross and along the crane rail respec-
tively, shall not be assumed to act simultaneously.
However, if there is only one crane in the bay, the
lateral and longitudinal forces may act together simul-
taneously with vertical loads.
7. OTHER LOADS
7.1 Dead Load Dead load includes the weight
of all permanent components of a building includ-
ing columns, floors, roofs, finishes
and fixed permanent equipment and fittings that IS :
are an integral part of the structure. Unit weight
of building materials shall be in accordance with 7.4 Ͳ±© Load Snow loading on buildings
IS 875 ( Part 1 )-1988: shall be in accordance with IS 875 ( Part 4 988.

7.2 É·²¼ Ô±¿¼

The wind loadóó
on buildings/ 7.1 Special Ô±¿¼­ ¿²¼ Ô±¿¼
structures shall be in accordance with IS Special loads and load combinations shall be i n
( Part 3 accordance with 875 Part 5 )-1988.

7.3 Seismic load on buildings/ *Criteria for resistant design of structures

structures , in accordance with revision

APPENDIX A
Clause 3.2.1.2

ILLUSTRATIVE EXAMPLE SMOWING REDUCTION OF UNIFORMLY DISTRIBUTED

IMPOSED FLOOR LOADS IN MULTI-STOREYED FOR DESIGN
OF COLUMNS

A-l. ‘I he total imposed loads from different floor Floor loads exceed
levels ( including the roof) coming on the central
column of a multi-storeved building with mixed A-l.1 Applying reduction coefficients in
occupancy ) is shown Fig. I. Calculate the dance with 3.2.1, total reduced floor loads on the
reduced imposed load for the design of column column at different levels is indicated along with
members at different floor levels as given in 3.2.1. Fig. 1.
 Floor Actual Floor
No. from Load Coming on
Top Columns at Different
Floors,

Loads for which Columns are to be

Designed,

( 30 + 40 50 ) (1 ) = 96

+ 04 =

+ + + + )
l-0.4) =

+ 50 +
i -- =

30 50 + 50 + 40 + 45 + 50 + 50
40 ( 1 ) 237

( 30 + + 50 50 + 45 50 +
+ 40 40 ) ( 1 261

adopt for design

(l-05)=265

+ + + + + + +

+ 40 50 50 + + 50
40 40 +
= 327.5

30 + 50 + + +
(1 )

LO AD ING D E T A I L S
Bureau of Indian Standards

BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promote
harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and
attending to connected matters in the country.

Copyright

BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form
without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of
implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.
Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publication), BIS.

Review of Indian Standards

Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed
periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are
needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards
should ascertain that they are in of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue
of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards Monthly Additions’.

Amendments Issued Since

Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah New Delhi 110002 Telegrams: Manaksanstha
Telephones: 31,323 75,323 (Common offices)
Regional Offices: Telephone
C e nt ra l Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 32376
NEW DELHI 110002
Ea st e rn C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola 337 84 99,337 85 61
CALCUTTA 700054 337 86 26,337 9120
Northern 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022

Southern C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 235 02 16,235 04 42

Western Manakalaya, MIDC, Andheri (East) 832 92 95,832 78 58

MUMBAI 400093 832 78 91,832 78 92
Branches AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR.
COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GUWAHATI.
HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. NAGPUR.
PATNA. PUNE.
at New Delhi, Ph 5726837
इंटरनेट मानक

Disclosure to Promote the Right To Information

Whereas the Parliament of India has set out to provide a practical regime of right to
information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities,
in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority,
and whereas the attached publication of the Bureau of Indian Standards is of particular interest
to the public, particularly disadvantaged communities and those engaged in the pursuit of
education and knowledge, the attached public safety standard is made available to promote the
timely dissemination of this information in an accurate manner to the public.

“जान1 का अ+धकार, जी1 का अ+धकार” “प0रा1 को छोड न' 5 तरफ”

Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan Jawaharlal Nehru
“The Right to Information, The Right to Live” “Step Out From the Old to the New”

IS 875-3 (1987): Code of Practice for Design Loads (Other

than Earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 3: Wind
Loads [CED 37: Structural Safety]

“!ान $ एक न' भारत का +नम-ण”

Satyanarayan Gangaram Pitroda
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”

“!ान एक ऐसा खजाना > जो कभी च0राया नहB जा सकता ह”

है”
ह
Bhartṛhari—Nītiśatakam
“Knowledge is such a treasure which cannot be stolen”
 IS:875 (Part 3) - 1987
( Reaffirmed
( Renfficd 2003
1997 )

Indian Standard

CODEOFPRACTICEFORDESIGNLOADS
(OTHERTHANEARTHQUAKE)
FORBUILDINGSANDSTRUCTURES
PART 3 WIND COADS

( Second Revision /
Sixth Reprint NOVEMBER 1998

UDC 624-042-41

@J Copyright 1989

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002

Gr I4 Febfuafy 1989
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

CONTENTS
Page
0. FOREWORD ... .. . ... 3
1. SCOPE ... ... ... 5
2. NOTATIONS .. . .. . .. . 5
3. TERMINOLOGY ... ... 6
4. GENERAL ... .. . 7
5. WIND SPEEDAND PRESSURE .. . .. . 7
5.1 Nature of Wind in Atmosphere .. . ... 7
5.2 Basic Wind Speed ... . .. 8
5.3 Design Wind Speed ( V, ) ... .. . ... 8
5.3.1 Risk Coefficient ( kr Factor ) ... .. . ... 8
53.2 Terrain, Height and Structure Size Factor ( kt Factor ) ... 8
5.3.3 Topography ( kS Factor ) ... . .. .m. 12
5.4 Design Wind Pressure .. . . . . 12
5.5 Off-Shore Wind Velocity .. . .-. . . . 13
6. WIND PRESSURES
ANDFORCESON BUILDXNCSISTRUCTURES 1.. 13
6.1 General ... ... . . .
13
6.2 Pressure Coefficients .. . ... . . .
13
6.2.1 Wind Load on Individual Members ,.. ... . . .
13
6.2.2 External Pressure Coefficients . .. .. . . . .
13
6.2.3 Internal Pressure Coefficients .. . . . . .
27
6.3 Force Coefficients .. . ... . . .
36
6.3.1 Frictional Drag .. . ... . . . 37
6.3.2 Force Coefficients for Clad Buildings ._. .. . ,.. 37
6.3.3 Force Coefficients for Unclad Buildings __. .. . . . 38
7. DYNAMICEP~ECTS ... .. . . . .
47
7.1 General 1.. .. . . . .
47
7.2 Motion Due to Vortex Shedding ... .. . . . .
48
7.2.1 Slender Structures ... . . . . . 48
4. Gust Factor ( GF ) or Gust Effectiveness Factor ( GEF] Method . . . 49
8.1 Application .. . .. . ... 49
8.2 Hourly Mean Wind ... .. . ... 49
8.2.1 Variation of Hourly Me‘an Wind Speed with Height ... 49
8.3 Along Wind Load ... ... l .. 49
APPENDIK A BASICWIND SPEEDAT 10 m HEIGHTFOR SOME IMPORTANT
Crrrxs/TowNs .. . ... ... ... .. . 53
APPENDIX B CHANGESIN TERRAIN CATEGORIES i.. .. . . .. 54
APPENDIX C EFFECT OF A CLIFF OR ESCARPMENTON EQUIVALENT
HEIGHT ABOVE GROUND( k3 FACTOR) ... ... 55
APPENDIX D WIND FORCEON CIRCULARSECTIONS. . . .. . . .. 57
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
 IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

Indian Standard
CODEOFPRACTICEFORDESIGNLOADS
(OTHERTHANEARTHQUAKE)
FORBUILDINGSANDSTRUCTURES
PART 3 WIND LOADS

( Second Revision)

6). FOREWORD
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part 3 ) ( Second sheeted roofs, both curved and sloping were
Revision ) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian modified; seismic load provisions were deleted
Standards on 13 November 1987, after the draft ( separate code having been prepared ) and metric
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional Com- system of weights and measurements was adopted.
mittee had been approved by the Civil Engineer-
ing Division Council. 0.3.1 With the increased adoption of this Code,
a number of comments were received on provi-
0.2 A building has to perform many functions sions on live load values adopted for. different
satisfactorily. Amongst these functions are the occupancies. Simultaneously, live load surveys
utility of the building for the intended use and have been carried out in America and Canada to
occupancy, structural safety, fire safety and com- arrive at realistic live loads based on actual deter-
pliance with hygienic, sanitation, ventilation and mination of loading ( movable and immovable )
daylight standards. The design of the building is in different occupancies. Keeping this in view and
dependent upon the minimum requirements other developments in the field of wind engineer-
prescribed for each of the above functions. The ing, the Structural Safety Sectional Committee
minimum requirements pertaining to the structural decided to prepare the second revision of IS : 875
safety of buildings are being covered in loading in the following five parts:
codes by way of laying down minimum design
loads which have to be assumed for dead loads, Part 1 Dead loads
imposed loads, wind loads and other external
loads, the structure would be required to bear. Part 2 Imposed loads
Strict conformity to loading standards, it is. hoped,
will not only ensure the structural safety of the Part 3 Wind loads
buildings and structures which are being designed
and constructed in the country and thereby Part 4 Snow loads
reduce the hazards to life and property caused by
unsafe structures, but also eliminate the wastage Part 5 Special loads and load combinations
caused by assuming unnecessarily heavy loadings
without proper assessment. Earthquake load is covered in a separate
standard, namely, IS : 1893-1984* which should
be considered along with the above loads.
0.3 This standard was first published in 1957 for
the guidance of civil engineers, designers and
architects associated with the planning and design 0.3.2 This Part ( Part 3 ) deals with wind
of buildings. It included the provisions for the loads to be considered when designing buildings,
basic design loads ( dead loads, live loads, wind structures and components thereof. In this
loads and seismic loads ) to be assumed in the revision, the following important modifications
design of the buildings. In its first revision in have been made from those covered in the 1964
1964, the wind pressure provisions were modified version of IS : 875:
on the basis of studies of wind phenomenon and
its effect on structures, undertaken by the special a) The earlier wind pressure maps ( one
committee in consultation with the Indian Mete- giving winds of shorter duration and an-
orological Department. In addition to this, new other excluding winds of shorter duration )
clauses on wind loads for butterfly type structures *Criteria for earthquake resistant design of structures
were included; wind pressure coefficients for (fourlh recision ).

3
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
have been replaced by a single wind map
giving basic maximum wind speed in m/s
( peak gust velocity averaged over a short
time interval of about 3 seconds duration ).
The wind speeds have been worked out
for 50 years return period based on the up-
to-date wind data of 43 dines pressure
tube ( DPT ) anemograph stations and
study of other related works available on
the subject since 1964. The map and
related recommendations have been provi-
ded in the code with the active coopera-
tion of Indian Meteorological Department
( IMD ). Isotachs ( lines of equal velocity )
have not been given as in the opinion of
the committee, there is still not enough
extensive meteorological data at close
enough stations in the country to justify
drawing of isotachs.
b) Modification factors to modify the basic
wind velocity to take into account the
effects of terrain, local topography, size of
structure, etc, are included.
4 Terrain is now classified into four catego-
ries based on characteristics of the ground
surface irregularities.
d) Force and pressure coefficients have been
included for a large range of clad and
unclad buildings and for individual struc-
tural elements.
4 Force coefficients ( drag coefficients ) are
given for frames, lattice towers, walls and
hoardings.
f 1 The calculation of force on circular sections
is included incorporating the effects of
Reynolds number and surface roughness.
g) The external and internal pressure coeffi-
cients for gable roofs, lean-to roofs, curved
roofs, canopy roofs ( butterfly type struc-
tures ) and multi-span roofs have been
rationalised.
h) Pressure coefficients are given for combined
roofs, roofs with sky light, circular siIos,
cylindrical elevated structures, grandstands,
etc.
3 Some requirements regarding study of
dynamic effects in flexible slender structures
are included.
W Use of gust energy method to arrive at the
design wind load on the whole structure is
now permitted.
0.3.3 The Committee responsible for the
revision of wind maps while reviewing available
meteorological wind data and response of struc-
tures to wind, felt the paucity of data on which to
base wind maps for Indian conditions on statisti-
cal analysis. The Committee, therefore, recomm-
ends to all individuals and organizations
responsible for putting-up of tall structures to
,provide instrumentation in. their existing and
new structures ( transmission towers, chimneys,
cooling towers, buildings, etc ) at different eleva-
tions ( at least at two levels ) to continuously
measure and monitor wind data. The instruments
are required to collect data on wind direction,
wind speed and structural response of the struc-
ture due to wind ( with the help of accelerometer,
strain gauges, etc ). It is also the opinion of the
committee that such instrumentation in tall struc-
tures will not in any way affect or alter the
functional behaviour of such structures. The data
so collected will be very valuable in evolving more
accurate wind loading of structures.
0.4 The Sectional Committee responsible for the
preparation of this standard has taken into
account the prevailing practice in regard to load-
ing standards followed in this country by the
various authorities and has also taken note of the
developments in a number of other countries.
In the preparation of this code, the following
overseas standards have also been examined:
a) BSCP 3 : 1973 Code of basic data for
design of buildings: Chapter V Loading,
Part 2 Wind loads.
b) AS 1170, Part 2-1983 SAA Loading code
Part 2 - Wind forces.
c) NZS 4203-1976 Code of practice for
general structural design loading for
buildings.
d) ANSI A58.1-1972 American Standard
Building code requirements for minimum
design loads in buildings and other
structures.
e) Wind resistant design regulations, A World
List. Association for Science Documents
Information, Tokyo.
0.5 For the purpose of deciding whether a parti-
cular requirement of this standard is complied
with, the final value, observed or calculated,
expressing the result of a test or analysis, shall be
rounded off in accordance with IS : 2-1960*. The
number of significant places retained in the
rounded off value should be the same as that of
the specified value in this standard.
*Rules for roundingoff numerical values ( rcoiscd).
4
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

1. SCOPE IS : 802 ( Part 1 )-I977 Code of practice for

use of structural steel in overhead transmi-
1.1 This standard gives wind forces and their ssion line towers: Part 1 Loads and permissi-
effects ( static and dynamic ) that should he ble stresses ( smmd revision )
taken into account when designing buildings,
structures and components thereof. IS : 11504-1985 Criteria for structural design
1.1.1 It is believed that ultimately wind load of reinforced concrete natural draught cool-
estimation will be made by taking into account ing towers
the random variation of wind speed with time
NOTE 1 - This standard does not apply to build-
but available theoretical methods have not ings or structures with unconventional shapes, unusual
matured sufficiently at present for use in the code. locations, and abnormal environmental conditions that
For this season, static wind method of load have not been covered in this code. Special investiga-
estimation which implies a steady wind speed, tions are necessary in such cases to establish wind loads
and their effects. Wind tunnel studies may aiso be
which has proved to be satisfactory for normal, required in such situations.
short and heavy structures, is given in 5 and 6.
However, a beginning has been made to take NOTE2 - In the case of tall structures with
unsymmetrical geometry, the designs may have to be
account of the random nature of the wind speed checked for torsional effects due to wind pressure.
by requiring that the along-wind or drag load on
structures which are prone to wind induced osci-
llations, be also determined by the gust factor 2. NOTATIONS
method ( see 8 ) and the more severe of the two
estimates be taken for design. 2.1 The following notations shall be followed
unless otherwise specified in relevant clauses:
A large majority of structures met with in
practice do not however, suffer wind induced A= surface area of a structure or part of
oscillations and generally do not require to be a Structure;
examined for the dynamic effects of wind, includ- Ae - effective frontal area;
ing use of gust factor method, Nevertheless, there Ar, = an area at height z;
are various types of structures or their components
such as some tall buildings, chimneys, latticed b = breadth of a structure or structural
towers, cooling towers, transmission towers, guyed member normal to the wind stream
masts, communication towers, long span bridges, in the horizontal plane;
partially or completely solid faced antenna dish, Cl = force coefficient/drag coefficient;
etc, which require investigation of wind induced
oscillations. The use of 7 shall be made for i.denti-
Cl, = normal force coefficient;
fying and analysing such structures. tit - transverse force coefficient;
c’f - frictional drag coefficient;
1.1.2 This code also applies to buildings or
other structures during erection/construction and c, = pressure coefficient;
the same shall be considered carefully during C PB = external pressure coefficient;
various stages of erection/construction. In loca- CPl = internal pressure coefficient;
tions where the strongest winds and icing may d- depth of a structure or structural
occur simultaneously, loads on structural members, member parallel to wind stream;
cables and ropes shall be calculated by assuming
an ice covering based on climatic and local D = diameter of cylinder;
experience. F force normal to the surface;
1.1.3 In the design of special structures, such Fa 1 normal force;
as chimneys, overhead transmission line towers, transverse force;
Ft -
etc, specific requirements as specified in the
respective codes shall be adopted in conjunction F' = frictional force;
with the provisions of this code as far as they are h X height of structure above mean
applicable. Some of the Indian Standards avail- ground level;
able for the design of special structurers are: h, = height of development of a velocity
IS : 4998 ( Part 1 )-1975 Criteria for design profile at a distance x down wind ’
of reinforced concrete chimneys: Part 1 from a change in terrain category;
Design criteria ( jirst revision )
multiplication factors;
IS : 6533-1971 Code of practice for design and
construction of steel chimneys
multiplication factor;
IS : 5613 ( Part l/Set 1 )-I970 Code of prac-
tice for design, installation and maintenance length of the member or greater hori-
zontal dimension of a building;
of overhead power lines: Part 1 Lines up to
and including 11 kV, Section 1 Design Pd - design wind pressure;

5
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

pz = design wind pressure at height <; 3.1.5 l$+ffective Frontal Area - The projected
external pressure; area of the structure normal to the direction of
Pe - the wind.
Pi - internal pressure;
R, = reynolds number; 3.1.6 Element of Surface Area - The area of
surface over which the pressure coefficient is taken
s w strouhal number; to be constant.
vb - regional basic wind speed;
3.1.7 Force Coeficient - A non-dimensional
v, = design wind velocity at height 2; coefficient such that the total wind force on a
rz = hourly mean wind speed at height c; bbdy is the product of the force coefficient, the
W 3 lesser horizontal dimension of a dynamic pressure of the incident design wind
building, or a structural member; speed and the reference area over which the force
is required.
w’ - bay width in multi-bay buildings;
X= distance down wind from a change NOTE - When the force is in the direction of the
incident wind, the non-dimensional coefficient will be
in terrain category; called as ‘drag coefficient’. When the force is perpendi-
e s wind angle from a given axis; cular to the d&ection of incident wind, the ndn-dimen-
sional coefficient will be called as ‘lift coeficient’.
a - inclination of the roof to the hori-
zontal; 3.1.8 Ground Roughness - The nature of the
B = effective solidity ratio; earth’s surface as influenced by small scale obstruc-
tions such as trees and buildings ( as distinct
shielding factor or shedding frequency;
9” from topography ) is called ground roughness.
+- solidity ratio;
3.1.9 Gust - A positive or negative departure
t= a height or distance above the
of wind speed from its mean value, lasting for not
ground; and more than, say, 2 minutes over a specified inter-
c- average height of the surface rough- val of time.
ness.
Peak Gust - Peak gust or peak gust speed is
the wind speed associated with the maximum
3. TERMINOLOGY amplitude.

3.1 For the purpose of this code, the following Fetch Length - Fetch length is the distance
definitions shall apply. measured along the wind from a boundary at
which a change in the type of terrain occurs.
3.1.1 Angle of Attack -Angle between the direc- When the changes in terrain types are encounte-
tion of wind and a reference axis of the struc- red ( such as, the boundary of a town or city,
forest, etc ), the wind profile changes in charac-
ture,
ter but such changes are gradual and start at
3.1.2 Breudth - Breadth means horizontal ground level, spreading or penetrating upwards
dimension of the building measured normal to the with increasing fetch length.
direction of wind. Gradient Height- Gradient height is the height
above the mean ground level at which the gradi-
NOTE - Breadth and depth are dimensions measu- ent wind blows as a result of balance among
red in relation to the direction of the wind, whereas
length and width are dimensions related to the
pressure gradient force, coriolis force and centri-
plan. fugal force. For the purpose of this code, the
gradient height is taken as the height above the
3.1.3 Depth - Depth means the horizontal mean ground level, above which the variation of
dimension of the building measured in the direc- wind speed with height need not be considered.
tion of the wind. Mean Ground Level - The mean ground level
is the average horizontal plane of the area enclos-
3.1.4 Developed Height - Developed height is
ed by the boundaries of the structure.
the height of upward penetration of the velocity
profile in a new terrain. At large fetch lengths, Pressure Coeficient - Pressure coefficient is the
such penetration reaches the gradient height, ratio of the difference between the pressure acting
above which the wind speed may be taken to be at a point on a surface and the static pressure of
constant. At lesser fetch lengths, a velocitv profile the incident wind to the design wind pressure,
of a smaller height but similar to that of the fully where the static and design wind pressures are
developed profile of that terrain category has to determined at the height of the point considered
be taken, with the additional provision that the after taking into account the geographical loca-
velocity at the top of this shorter profile equals tion, terrain conditions and shielding effect. The
that of the unpenetrated earlier velocity profile at pressure coeSicient is also equal to [ 1 - ( VD/Pz)2],
that height. where Vv is the actual wind speed at any point

6
-..,, ._..,
___+.
.__.
on the structure at a height corresponding to that
of vz.
NOTE - Positive sign of the pressure coefficient
indicates pressure acting towards the surface and nega-
tive sign indicates pressure acting away from the
surface.
Return Period - Return period is the number
of years, ‘the reciprocal of which gives the proba-
bility of e.xtreme wind exceeding a given wind
speed in any one year.
Shielding E$ect - Shielding effect or shielding
refers to the condition where wind has to pass
along some structure(s) or structural element(s)
located on the upstream wind side, before meet-
ing the structure or structural element under
consideration. A factor called ‘shielding factor’
is used to account for such effects in estimating the
force on the’ shielded structures.
Suction - Suction means pressure less than the
atmospheric ( static ) pressure and is taken to act
away from the surface.
Solidity Ratio - Solidity ratio is equal to the
effective area ( projected area of all the individual
elements ) of a frame normal to the wind direc-
tion divided by the area enclosed by the boundary
of the frame normal to the wind direction.
NOTE - Solidity ratio is to be calculated
vidual frames.
Y?-eerrain
Category - Terrain category means the
characteristics of the surface irregularities of an
area which arise from natural or constructed
features. The categories are numbered in increas-
ing order of roughness.
The variation of the horizon-
Velocity Profile -
tal component of the atmospheric wind speed at
different heights above the mean ground level is
termed as velocity profile.
Tokography - The nature of the earth’s
surface as influenced the hill and valley confi-
gurations.
4. GENERAL
4.1 Wind is air in motion relative to the surface
of the earth. The primary cause of wind is traced
to earth’s rotation and differences in terrestrial
radiation. The radiation effects are primarily
responsible for convection either upwards or
downwards. The wind generally blows horizontal
to the ground at high wind speeds. Since vertical
components of atmospheric motion are relatively
small, the term ‘wind’ denotes almost exclusively
the horizontal wind, vertical winds are always
identified as such. The wind speeds are assessed
with the aid of anemometers or anemographs
which are installed at meteorological observa-
tories at heights generally varying from 10 to
30 metres above ground.
4.2 Very strong winds ( greater than 80 km/h )
are generally associated with cyclonic storms,
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
thunderstorms, dust storms or vigorous monsoons.
A feature of the. cyclonic storms over the Indian
area is that they rapidly weaken after crossing
the coasts and move as depressions/lows inland.
The influence of a severe storm after striking the
coast does not, in general exceed about 60 kilo-
metres, though sometimes, it may extend even up
to 120 kilometres. Very short duration hurricanes
of very high wind speeds called Kal Baisaki or
Norwesters occur fairly frequently during summer
months over North East India.
4.3 The wind speeds recorded at any locality are
extremely variable and in addition to steady wind
at any time, there are effects of gusts which may
last for a few seconds. These gusts cause increase
in air pressure but their effect on stability ofthe
building may not be so important; often, gusts
affect only part of the building and the increased
local pressures may be more than balanced by a
momentary reduction in the pressure elsewhere.
Because of the inertia of the building, short period
gusts may not cause any appreciable increase in
stress in main components of the building
although the walls, roof sheeting and individual
cladding units ( glass panels ) and their support-
ing members such as purlins, sheeting rails and
glazing bars may be mqre seriously affected.
Gusts can also be extremely important for design
for indi- of structures with high slenderness ratios.
4.4 The liability of a building to high wind press-
ures depends not only upon the geographical
location and proximity of other obstructions to
air flow but also upon the characteristics of the
structure itself.
4.5 The effect of wind on the structure as a whole
is determined by the combined action of external
and internal pressures acting upon it. In all cases,
the calculated wind loads act normal to the
surface to which they apply.
4.6 The stability calculations as a whole shall be
done considering the combined effect, as well as
separate effects of imposed loads and wind loads
on vertical surfaces, roofs and other part of the
building above general roof level.
4.7 Buildings shall also be designed with due
attention to the effects of wind on the comfort of
people inside and outside the buildings.
5. WIND SPEED AND PRESSURE
5.1 Nature of Wind in Atmosphere - In
general, wind speed in the atmospheric boundary
layer increases with height from zero at ground
level to a maximum at a height called the gradi-
ent height. There is usually a slight change in
direction ( Ekman effect ) but this is ignored in
the code. The variation with height depends
primarily on the terrain conditions. However, the
wind speed at any height never remains constant
and it has been found convenient to resolve its
instantaneous magnitude into an average or mean
value and a fluctuating component around this
7
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
average vaiue. The average value depends on
the averaging time employed in analysing the
meteorological data and this averaging time
varies from a few seconds to several minutes. The
magnitude of fluctuating component of the wind
speed which is called gust, depends on the aver-
aging time. In general, smaller the averaging
interval, greater is the magnitude of the gust
speed.
5.2 Basic Wind Speed - Figure 1 gives basic
wind speed map of India, as applicable to 10 m
height above mean ground level for different zones
of the country. Basic wind speed is based on peak
gust velocity averaged over a short time interval
of about 3 seconds and corresponds to mean
heights above ground level in an open terrain
( Category 2 ). Basic wind speeds presented in
Fig. 1 have been worked out for a 50 year return
period. Basic wind speed for some important
cities/towns is also given in Appendix A.,
5.3 Design Wind Speed ( V, ) - The basic
wind speed ( V, ) for any site shall be obtained
from Fig. 1 and shall be modified to include the
following effects to get design wind velocity at
any height ( V, j for the chosen structure:
a) Risk level;
b) Terrain roughness, height and size of struc-
ture; and
c) Local topography.
It can be mathematically expressed as follows:
v, =
vb kl k~ ks
where
V, = design wind speed at any height
z in m/s;
kl =probability factor ( risk coeffi.
cient ) ( see 5.3.1 );
ks = terrain, height and structure size
factor ( see 5.3.2 ); and
ks = topography factor ( see 5.3.3 ).
NOTE - Design wind speep up to IO m height from
mean ground level shall be considered constant.
5.3.1 Risk Coej’icient ( kI Factor ) - Figure 1
gives basic wind speeds for terrain Category 2 as
applicable at 10 m above ground level based on 50
years mean return period. The suggested life
period to be assumed in design and the corres-
ponding kl factors for different class of structures
for the purpose of design is given in Table 1. In
the design of all buildings and structures, a
regional basic wind speed having a mean return
period of 50 years shall be used except as specifi-
ed in the note of Table 1.
5.3.2 Terrain, Height and Structure Size
( k, Factor )
5.3.2.1 Terrain - Selection of terrain cate-
gories shall be made with due regard to the effect
of obstructions which constitute the ground sur-
face roughness. The terrain category used in the
design of a structure may vary depending on the
direction of wind under consideration. Wherever
sufficient meteorological information is available
about the nature of wind direction, the orientation
of any building or structure may be suitably
planned.
Terrain in which a specific structure stands
shall be assessed as being one of the following
terrain categories:
4 Category 1 - Exposed open terrain with
few or no obstructions and in which the
average height of any object surrounding
the structure is less than 1.5 m.
NOTE - This category includes open sea-coasts
and flat treeless plains.
b) Category 2 - Open terrain with well scatt-
ered obstructions having heights generally
between I.5 to 10 m.
NOTE - This is the criterion for measure-
ment of regional basic wind speeds and includes
airfields, open parklands and undeveloped spar-
sely built-up outskirts of towns and suburbs. Open
land adjacent to sea coast may also be classified as
Category 2 due to roughness of large sea waves at
high winds.
Cl CategoTy 3 - Terrain with numerous closely
spaced obstructions having the size of
building-structures up to 10 m in height
with or without a few isolated tall struc-
tures.
NOTE 1 - This category includes well wooded
areas, and shrubs, towns and industrial areas full
or partially developed.
NOTE 2 - It is likely that the next higher
category than this will not exist in most design
situations and that selection of a more severe
category will be deliberate.
NOTE 3 - Particular attention must be given
to performance of obstructions in areas affected by
fully developed tropical cyclones.Vegetation which
is likely to be blown down or defoliated cannot be
relied upon to maintain Category 3 conditions.
Where such situation may exist, either an inter-
mediate category with velocity multipliers midway
between the values for Category 2 and 3 given in
Table 2, or Category 2 should be selected having
due regard to local conditions.
d) Category 4 - Terrain with numerous large
high closely spaced obstructions.
NOTE - This category includes large city cen-
tres, generally with obstructions above 25 m and
well developed industrial complexes.
5.3.2.2 Variation of wind speed with height for
di@erent sizes of structures in different terrains ( k,
Factor factor ) - Table 2 gives multiplying factors ( lir )
by which the basic wind speed given in Fig. 1
shall be multiplied to obtain the wind speed at
different heights, in each terrain category for
different sizes of buildings/structures.
8
As in the Original Standard, this Page is Intentionally Left Blank
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1387

The buildings/structures are classified into the
following three different classes depending upon
their size:
Class A - Structures and/or their components
such as cladding, glaxing, roofing, etc, having
maximum dimension ( greatest horizontal or
vertical dimension ) less than 20 m.
Class B - Structures and/or
ponents such as claddinp, glazing, roofing,
etc, having maximum dimension’ ( greatest
horizontal or vertical dimension ) between 20
and 50 m.
c1a.U C - Structures and/or their components
such as cladding, glazing, roofing, etc, having
maximum dimension ( greatest horizontal or
their com- vertical dimension ) greater than 50 m.

TABLE 1 RISK COEF’FICIENTS.FOR DIFFERENT CLASSES OF STRUCTURES IN

DIFFERENT WIND SPEED ZONES
( Clause 5.3.1 )

CLASS OF STRUCTWZE MEAN PROBABLE k, FACTOR BOB BASIC WIND SPEED

DESIGN LIFE OF (m/s ) 0~
STRUCTURE IN r-------- ---_--__7
YEARS 33 39 44 47 50 55
All general buildings and structures 50 -1.0 1’0 1.0 1’0 1.0 1’0

Temporary sheds, structures such as 5 0.82 0.76 0.73 0’71 0.70 0’67
those used during construction
operations ( for example, form-
work and falsework ), structures
during construction stages and
boundary walls

Buildings and structures presenting 25 0.94 0.92 0.91 0.90 0’90 0’89
a low degree of hazard to life and
property in the event of failure,
such as isolated towers in wooded
areas, farm buildings other than
residential buildings

Important buildings and structures 100 1’05 I ‘06 1’0’: 1’07 I ‘08 1.08
such as hospitals communication
buildings / towers, power plant
structures
NOTE - The factor kt is based on statistical concepts which take account of the degree of reliability required
and period of time in years during which these will be exposure to wind, that is, life of the structure. Whatever
wind speed is adopted for design purposes, there is always a probability ( however small ) that it may be exceeded
in a storm of exceptional violence; the greater the period of years over which these will be exposure to the wind,
the greater is the probability. Higher return periods ranging from 100 to 1 000 years ( implying lower risk level ) in
association with greater periods of exposure may have to be selected for exceptionally important structures, such
as, nuclear power reactors and satellite communication towers. Equation given below may be used in such cases
to estimate k, factors for different periods of exposure and chosen probability of exceedance ( risk level ). The
probability level of 0’63 is normally considered sufficient for design of buildings and structures against wind effects
and the values of k, corresponding to this risk level are given above.

XN, P
*-L+*{-+ql-P$J
kl = z----
x5O, 0.63 A + 4B
where
N = mean probable design life of structure in years;
PN - risk level in N consecutive years ( probability that the design wind speed is exceeded at least once in
N successive years ), nominal value = 0’63;
X N,P = extreme wind speed for given values of Nand PN; and
= extreme wind speed for N = 50 years and PN = 0’63.
x5O, 0’63
A and B are coefficients having the following values for different basic wind speed zones:

Zone A B
33 m/s 83’2 9’2
39 m/s 84’0 14’0
44 m/s 88,O 18’0
47 m/s 88.0 20’5
50 m/s 88’8 22’8
55 m/s 90.8 27.3

11
LL. ._ ._ _ _ .-. .-

IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 2 k, FACTORS TO OBTAIN DESIGN WIND SPEED VARIATION WITH HEIGHT IN

DIFFERENT TERRAINS FOR DIFFERENT CLASSES OF BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
( ClaUJC
5.3.2.2 )

HEIGHT TEBRAIN CATEQORY 1 TERRAIN CATEC+ORY2 TEERAIN CATEQO~Y 3 TEP.BAIN CATECJORP

4
CLASS CLbSS CLASS CLASS
I---_*--1 r---_h-_--~ c--_-~--_-~ t-_-*---~
m A B c A B c A B c A B c
(1) (2) (5) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10) (11) (12) (131
IO 1’05 1’03 0.99 1’00 0.98 0.93 0’91 0’88 0’82 0.80 0.76 0’67
1.09 1’07 1’03 1’05 1’02 0.97 0’97 0% 0’87 0.80 0’76 0.67
:o” 1’12 1.10 1’06 1.07 1’05 1’01 0’91 0.80 0’76 0’67
30 1’15 1’13 1’09 1’12 1’10 ::z 1’06 :%* 0’96 O’Y7 0’93 0’83
50 1-20 1’18 1’14 1’17 1’15 1’10 1’12 1’09 1.02 1’10 1’05 0’95
100 1’26 1’24 1’20 1’24 1’22 1.17 1’20 1’17 1’10 1’20 1’15 1’05
150 1’30 1.28 1’24 1’28 1.25 1.21 1’24 1’21 1’15 1’24 1’20 1.10
200 1’32 1’30 1’26 1’30 1’28 1’24 1’27 1.24 1’18 1’27 1’22 1’13
250 1’34 1’32 1’28 1’32 1’31 1’26 1’26 1’20 1’28 1.24 1’16
300 1’35 1’34 1’30 1.34 1 32 1.28 x 1.28 1’22 1’30 1’26 I.17

350 1’37 1’35 1’31 1’36 1’34 1’29 1’32 1’30 1’24 1.31 1.27 1’19
400 1’38 1’36 1.32 1’37 1’35 1’30 1’34 1’31 1.25 1.32 1.28 1’20
459 1’39 1’37 1’33 1’38 1’36 1’31 1’35 1’32 1’26 1.33 1’29 1’21
500 1’40 1.38 1’34 1’39 1’37 1’32 1~36 1’33 1.28 1’34 1.30 1’22
NOTE 1 - Se6 5.3.2.2 for definitions of Class A, Class B and Class C structures.
NOTE 2 - Intermediate values may be obtained by linear interpolation, if desired, It is permissible to assume
constant wind speed between 2 heights for simplicity.

5.3.2.3 Terrain categories in relation to the direc-

tion of wind - The terrain category used in the TABLE 3 FETCH AND DEVELOPED HEIGHT
RELATIONSHIP
design of a structure may vary depending on the
( C1UUS6
5.3.2.4 )
direction of wind under consideration. Where
sufficient meteorological information is available, DEVELOPEDHEIGHT, hx IN METRES
the basic wind speed may be varied for specific FE?: (x) ,--__--h_ ----y
Terrain Terrain Terrain Terrain
wind direcion.
Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4
5.3.2.4 Changes in terrain categories - The (1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
velocity profile for a given terrain category does 0’2 12 20 35 60
not develop to full height immediately with the 0’5 20 30 35 9.5
commencement of that terrain category but
1 25 45 80 130
develop gradually to height ( h, ) which increa-
2 35 65 110 190
ses with the fetch or upwind distance (x).
5 60 100 170 300
a) Fetch and develobed height relationship - The
10 80 140 25C 450
relation between the developed height (h,)
20 120 200 350 500
and the fetch (x) for wind-flow over each
50 180 300 400 500
of the four terrain categories may be taken
as given in Table 3.
b) For structures of heights greater than the 5.3.3.1 The effect of topography will be
developed height (h,) in Table 3, the significzt at a site when the upwind slope (6) is
velocity profile may be determined in greater than about 3”, and below that, the value
accordance with the following: of ks may be taken to be equal to 1-O. The value
i) The les3 or least rough terrain, or of ks is confined in the range of 1-O to 1.36 for
slopes greater than 3”. A method of evaluating the
ii) The method described in Appendix B.
value of ks for values greater than 1.0 is given in
5.3.3 Tojography ( ks Factor ) - The basic Appendix C. It may be noted that the value of
wind speed Vb given in Fig. 1 takes account of ks varies with height above ground level, at a
the general level of site above sea level. This does maximum near the ground, and reducing to 1.0
not allow for local topographic features such as at higher levels.
hills, valleys, cliffs, escarpments, or ridges which
5.4 Design Wind Pressure - The design wind
can significantly affect wind speed in their vici-
pressure at any height above mean ground level
nity. The effect of topography is to accelerate wind
shall be obtained by the following relationship
near the summits of hills or crests‘of cliffs, escarp-
between wind pressure and wind velocity:
ments or ridges and decelerate the wind in valleys
or near the foot of cli%, steep escarpments, or pz = 0.6 r-i
ridges.

12
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

where NOTE 1 - The coefficients given ’

pz = design wind pressure in N/ms at
height z, and
v, - design wind velocity in m/s at
height 2.
NOTE - The coefficient 0’6 (in SI units ) in the
above formula depends on a number of factors aod
mainly on the atmospheric pressure and air tempera-
ture. The value chosen corresponds to the average
appropriate Indian atmospheric conditions.
5.5 Off Shore Wind Velocity - Cyclonic
storms form far away from the sea coast and
gradually reduce in speed as they approach the
sea coast. Cyclonic storms generally extend up to
about 60 kilometres inland after striking the coast.
Their effect on land is already reflected in basic
wind speeds specified in Fig. 1. The influence of
wind speed off the coast up to a distance of about
200 kilometres may be taken as 1.15 times the
value on the nearest coast in the absence of any
definite wind data.
6. WIND PRESSURES AND FORCES
BUILDINGS/STRUCTURES
6.1 General - The wind load on a building
shall be calculated for:
a) The building as a whole,
b) Individual structural elements as roofs and
walls, and
c) Individual cladding units including glazing
and their fixings.
6.2 Pressure Coefficients - The pressure
coefficients are always given for a particular sur-
face or part of the surface of a building. The wind
load acting normal to a surface is obtained by
multiplying the area of that surface or its appro-
priate portion by the pressure coefficient (C,) and
the design wind pressure at the height of the sur-
face from the ground. The average values of these
pressure coefficients for some building shapes are
given in 6.2.2 and 6.2.3.
Average values of pressure coefficients are
given for critical wind directions in one or more
quadrants. In order to determine the maximum
wind load on the building, the total load should
be calculated for each of the critical directions
shown from all quadrants. Where considerable
variation of pressure occurs over a surface, it has
been subdivided atid mean pressure coefficients
given for each of its several parts.
In addition, areas of high local suction
( negative pressure concentration ) frequently
occurring near the edges of walls and roofs are
separately shown. Coefficients for the local effects
should only be used for calculation of forces on
these local areas affecting roof sheeting, glass
panels, individual cladding units including their
fixtures. They should not be used for calculating
force on entire structural elements such as roof,
walls or structure as a whole.
different tables have k!ey?%tained mainly from me;
gurements on models in wind- tunnels, ahd the great
majority C.of data available has been obtained in con-
ditions of ielatively smooth flow. Where sufficient field
data exists as in the case of rectangular buildings,
values have been obtained to allow for turbulent flow.
NOTE 2 - In recent years, wall glazing and clad-
ding design has been a source of major concern. Although
of less consequence than the collapse of main struc-
tures. damage to glass can be hazardous and cause
considerable financial losses.
NOTE 3 - For pressure coefficients for structures
not covered here, reference may be made to specialist
literature on the subject or advise may be sought from
specialists in the subject.
6.2.1 Wind Load on Individual Members - When
calculating the wind load on individual strcutural
elements such as roofs and walls, and individual
cladding units and their fittings, it is essential to
take account of the pressure difference between
opposite faces of such elements or units. For clad
structures, it is, therefore, necessary to know the
internal pressure as well as the external pressure.
Then the wind load, F, acting in a direction
ON
normal to the individual structural element or
cladding unit is:
F=(G~---C~~)AP~
where
c De = external pressure coefficient,
c Di = internal pressure- coefficient,
A = surface area of structural element
or cladding unit, and
Pd = design wind pressure.
NOTE 1 - If the surface design pressure varies with
height, the surface areas of the structural element may
be sub-divided so that the specified pressures are taken
over appropriate areas.
NOTE 2 - Positive wind load indicates the force
acting towards the structural element and negative
away from it.
6.2.2 External Pressure Coeficients
6.2.2.1 Walls - The average external
pressure coefficient for the walls of clad buildings
of rectangular plan shall be as given in Table 4.
In addition, local pressure concentration coeffi-
cients are also given.
6.2.2.2 Pitched rbofs of rectangular clad build-
ings - The average external pressure coefficients
and pressure concentration coeecients for pitched
roofs of rectangular clad building shall be as
given in Table 5. Where no pressure concentration
coefficients are given, the average coefficients
shall apply. The pressure coefficients on the under -
side of any overhanging roof shall be taken in
accordance with 6.2.2.7.
NOTE 1 - The pressure concentration shall be
assumed to act outward ( suction pressure ) at the
ridges, eaves, cornices and 90 degree corners of roofs
( see 6.2.2.7 ).
NOTE 2 - The pressure concentration shall not be
included with the net external pressure when comput-
ing overall loads.

13
km.“_._. _____.__... _...~._

IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 4 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( Cpe ) FOR WALLS OF RECTANGULAR

CLAD BUILDINGS
( clause 6.2.2.1 )
- -
BUILDINU
HEIGHT
BUILDING
PLAN
ELEVATION PLAN WIND
ANGLE
I Cpe FOR SURFACE
- --
/ LOCAL
.-
Cpe

RATIO RATIO 0 A B D
I
_- - -- --
degrees

a
c
7 0 +0.7 -0.2 -0’5 -0’5 I
I3
A
81 c -0’8
,’
30 -0.5 -0’5 i-0.7 -0’2 I
-i
D

+<+ - .-
C
-I- -

1
I 0 +0.7 -0.25 -0.6 -06
3 e&5 1
g<;<4
-.El A 0
30 -0’5 -0.5 +0.7 -0’1 :
-1.0

--
0
-- -i_ -- -- .-

-iI_Cl
0 +0.7 -0’2 -0’6 -0.6 -l
> -1'1
I<‘<;
w ‘/
cl?-* 0 90 -0’6 -0’6 +0*7 -0’2 5j J
I

’ <hd I!
_j. --

u
I w2
C

0 +0*7 - 0.3 -0’7 -0.7 -I

ec?& 0 } -1’1
$.<.$<4 90 -0’5 -0.5 +0.7 -0.1 J

D -- -_ _- -_

Cl
l<;C+ b 0 + 0.8 --02 -0.8 -0% 7
- A 0
> - 1’2
90 -0’8 -0.8 +0’8 -02 15 J
D

3
z_< h<6
w C
-- .-

p,+
ti*

1 0
e
0

90
l-o.7

-0’5
-0’4

-0’5
-0’7

+0’8
-0’7

-0’1
-I
J
} - 1.2

( Continued )

14
 l!3:875(Part3)-1987

TABLE 4 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( Cpe ) FOR WALLS OF RECTANGULAR

CLAD BUILDINGS - Contd

Cpe FOR SUX~FACE LOCAL cpe

BUILDING BUILDING ELEVATION PLAN WIND
HEIGHT PLAN ANGLE
I
RATIO RATIO 8 A B C D
pggg?z

I 3 0 +0’951 -1’85 -0’9 -0’9 -I

-a- ) -1’25
w 2
90 -0’8 -0’8 +0’9 -0’85 J

0 +0’95 -1.25. -0.7

A I3 90

NOTE - h is the height to caves or parapet, 1 is the greater horizontal dimension of a building and w IS the lesser
horizontal dimension of a building.

6.2.2.3 Monoslope roofs of rectangular clad build-
ings - The average pressure coefficient and
pressure concentration coefficient for monoslope
( lean-to ) roofs of rectangular clad buildings
shall be as given in Table 6.
6.2.2.4 Canoby roofs with $4:
( of the position of maximum blockage the coeffi-
I< &<3 - The pressure coefficients
>
given in Tables 7 and 8 separately for mono-
pitch and double pitch canopy roofs such as
open-air parking garages, shelter areas, outdoor
areas, railway platforms, stadiums and theatres.
The coefficients take account of the combined
effect of the wind exerted on and under the roof
for all wind directions; the resultant is to be taken
normal to the canopy. Where the local coefficients
overlap, the greater of the two given values should
be taken. However, the effect of partial closures
of one side and or both sides, such as those due to
trains, buses and stored materials shall be foreseen
and taken into account.
The solidity ratio 4 is equal to the area of
obstructions under the canopy divided by the
gross area under the canopy, both areas normal
to the wind direction. 4 = 0 represents a canopy
with no obstructions underneath. $ - 1 repre-
sents the canopy fully blocked with contents to
the downwind eaves. Values of C, for intermedi-
ate solidities may be linearly interpolated between
these two extremes, and apply upwind of the
Q 1 and position of maximum blockage only. Downwind
cients for 4 = 0 may be used.
are
In addition to the pressure forces normal to
the canopy, there will be horizontal loads on the
canopy due to the wind pressure on any fascia
and to friction over the surface of the canopy.
For any wind direction, only the greater of these
two forces need be taken into account. Fascia
loads should be calculated on the area of the
surface facing the wind, using a force coefficient
of l-3. Frictional drag should be calculated using
the coefficients given in 6.3.1.
NOYE - Tables 9 to 14 may be used to get internal
and external pressure coefficients for pitches and troug-
hed free roofs for some specific cases for which aspect
ratios and roof slopes have been specified. However,
while using Tables 9 to 14 any significant departure
from it should be investigated carefully. No increase
shall be made for local effects except as indicated.

15
 TABLE 5 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( cp, ) FOR PITCHED ROOFS OF RECTANGULAR CLAD BUILDINGS

( Clause 6.2.2.2 )

ik;Il>lD1N0 RlX!F WIND ANGLE 8 WIND ANQLE O LOCAL COEFFICIENTS

HEIGHT AKaLE 0” 900
RATIO CL

EF GH EG FH

- 0’8 -0’4 -0’8 -0.4 -2’0 -

-0’9 -0’4 - 0’8 -0’4 - 1’4 -1’0
-1’2 -0.4 -0’8 -0’6 -1’4 -1’2
-0‘4 -0’4 -0’7 -0’6 - 1’0 - 1’2
0 -0.4 -0.7 -0.6 -0’8 - 1’1
+0*3 -0.5 -0’7 -0’6 -1’1
+0*7 -0.6 -0’7 -0.6 - 1’1
I

n-
k---W -_1
0 -0‘8 -0’6 -1’0 -0’6 -2’0

-1’1 -0.6 -0’8 -0’6 -2’0 -2.0 -1’5 -1’2

I -0’7
-09 -0’5
-0.6 -0’8
-0.9 -0’6
-06 --2’0
1’5 - 1’5
-2’0 -1’5 -I.0
- 1’0
I 30
_ I -0’2 -0.5 I -0’8 -0.a I -I’0 l_pp___m / -_ / -1’0
+o 2 -0’5 -0.8 -0’8 -
+0’6 -0’5 -0’8 -0’8

-- - .-

0 I -.0.7 -0’6 -0.9 -0.7 -9.n -3.n -9.n

10
5 -0.7 -0%
-0’6 -0’8 -0’8 Ii.! 1 l$;; / -;.; _:vJ
-7’fl -1.5 -1’2
_.3 , h ,. -0’8 -0.6 -0’8 -0’8 - 1’5 -1.5 __i. 5
r‘5;;<0 -1’2
I I IL - 1’0 -0.5 -0’8 -0.7 -1.5 I _~ __ I_.
--oi -0.7 -;.;
-0’8 -0’7
-0’8 -0.7
18:875(Part3)-1987

TABLE 6 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( C,, ) FOR MONOSLOPE ROOFS FOR

RECTANGULAR CLAD BUIILDINGS WITH $ < 2
( Clause 6.2.2.3 )

y = h or 0’15 W, whichever
is the lesser.

NOTE - Area Hand area L refer to the whole quadrant.

ROOF WIND ANQLE 13 LOCAL Cpe

AIGQLE
OL
0” 45O 90” 135O 180”

Degree H L H L H&LH&L H L H L Hi Hs Lz Ls He Le
em*
3%
%g %$
.I& o, .L .5!
a -z E;
a%*
<:93 4:
5 -1’0 -0.5 -1.0 -0.9 -1’0 -0’5 -0.9 -1.0 -0’5 -1’0 -2.0 __1’5 -2’0 -1’5 -2’0 -2’0
10 -1’0 -0.5 -1.0 -0.8 -1.0 -0 5 -0.6 -1.0 -0.4 -1.0 -2’0 v-1.5 -2.0 -1.5 -2’0 -2.0
15 -o-,9 -0.5 -1’0 -0’7 - 1.0 1 -0’5 -0.6 -1.0 -0’3 - 1’0 - 1’8 -0’9 -1’8 - 1.4 -2’0 -2’0

20 -0.8 -0.5 -1.0 -0.6 -0.9 ‘-0.5 -0.5 -1.0 -0’2 -1.0 -1.8 -0’8 -1’8 -1.4 -2.0 -2’0
25 -0’7 -0.5 -1’0 -0.6 -0 8. -0.5 -0.3 -0.9 -0.1 -0.9 -1’8 -0.7 -0.9 -0.9 -2.0 -2’0
30 -0’5 -0’5 -1’0 -0.6 -0 8 -0’5 -0.1 -0’6 0 -0’6 -1’8 -0-j -0.5 -0.5 -2.0 -2.0
J
NOTE 2 h is the height to eaves at lower side, I is the greater horizontal dimension of a building and UJ is the
lesser horizontal dimension of a building.

18
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 7 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS FOR MDNOSLOPE FREE RQOFS

( Clause 6.2.2.4 )

1
MAXINUY ( LARQEST + VE ) AKD MINIMTJIU( LARGEST - VE ) PRESSURE
Rooy ANGLE SOLIDITY RATIO
COEFFICIENTS
( DECUUUES)

Overall Local Coefficients

Coefficients

1 BzzzB N -

0 +0-z +0*5 +1*8 +1-l

5 +0*4 +0’8 +2-l +I’3
10 +0*5 +1*2 +2’4 +I’6
All values of
15 +0*7 + 1’4 +2’7 +1’8
d
20 -l-O’8 +1*7 +2*9 +2*1
25 +1-o +2-o +3*1 +2’3
30 +1-z f2’2 +3’2 +2’4
- -.
0 d=O -0’5 -0’6 -1’3 - 1’4
4-l -1’0 -1’2 - 1’8 -1’9

5 4-O -0.7 - 1.1 - 1’7 - 1.8

4-l -1’1 -1.6 -2.2 -2’3

4=0 -0.9 -1’5 -2.0 -2.1

10
4=1 -1’3 -21 -2.6 -2.7

4-o -1.1 -1’8 -2’4 -2’5

15
4-I -1’4 -2’3 -2.9 -3’0

b-0 -1.3 -2’2 -2’8 -2’9

20
4-l -1.5 -2’6 -3’1 -3’2

25 4-o -1.6 -2’6 -62 -3’2

4-l -1’7 -2’8 -3.5 -3’5

30 4-o -1’8 -3.0 -3.8 -3’6

4=1 - 1’8 -3’0 -3’8 -3.6

NOTE - For monopitch canopies the centre of pressure should be taken to act at 0’3 UJ from the windward
edge.

19
KS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 8 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS FOR FBEE STANDING DOUBLE SLOPED ROOFS

( Clause 6.2.2.4 )

-c,
10
-CP .-Cn I F

-‘I

-ve ROCF ANGLE +ve ROOF ANGLE

I
-
Roos Xsa~n 1 SOLIDITY MAXIMOX ( LAB~EST+VE ) AYDMINI~X ( LARGEST - VE ) Pn~aacnn
: DEc;lIEZ% ) 1 RATIO CO~FFI~~~NTS

! 1 Overall Local Coefficients

Coefficients
!

I / liz%@zl
/
--“Cl +0*7 -i-O% +I’6 / +0’6 +1*7
-15 +0.5 +06 +1.5 + 0’7 +I’4
- 10 $-O-4 +0’6 +I’4 +0’8 +I’1
-5 +0’3 +1*5 i-0.8 +0’8
7-5 +0.3 :x’,’ . + 1’8 +1*3 +0’4
f 10 j Ail values of +0.4 +0*7 +I’8 +1*4 +0*4
! +0*4 +0.9 +1.9 +1’4 +0*4
+15 I 9
i20 +0’6 +1*1 +1*9 +1*5 +0.4
3’ ! +I’2 +1*9 f1’6 -!-0’5
:3; :x:; +I’3 +1*9 +1’6 +0*7
/
I I$=0 -0.7 - -0.9 -1’3 -1’6 -0’6
-20 +=1 -0’9 - 1’2 -1’7 -1’9 -_1’2

o-0 -06 I -0’8 -1’3 -1’6 -0’6

--:5 / 4-l -0.8 -1.1 -1’7 -1’9 - 1’2

“,y_ * -0’6 1 -08 j_ -1.3 -1.5 -0.6

-10 I -0.8 -1’1 -1’7 ’ -1’9 -1:3

$10 ! -0.5 -0’7 -1’3 -1.6 -0.6

-5 : -0’8 ; -1’5 -1’7 -1’9 -1’4
/ -
I -0’6 / -0.6 -1.4 1 -1’4 -1’1
+5 K:, -0’9 -1’3 -1’8 -1.8 -2’1

-0.7 -0’7 -1’5 Al.4 -1.4

+ 10 f=i= -1.4 -2’0 -1.8 -2’4
/ _ -l’l 1 1
/ -0’8 -0.9 - 1’7 -1’4 -1’8
+ 15 / =
f=Y ; -1’2 j - 1’5 -2’2 -1.9 -2%

-0’9 -1’ -1’8 - 1.4 -2’0

i20 $I:, -1’3 / -1.7 -2’3 -1.9 -3’0
I
1 $w& 1 -1.0 1 -1.4 i -1’9 - 1’4 -2’0
i-25 I -1’4 I_L___-!‘9 -_ ;
-2’4 -2’1 -3’0
---.-_
-1’0 -1-4 -1’4 -2’0
i30 $1; 1 I::? -2’2
- 1’4 -2’1 _b -3.0

Each slope of a duopitch canopy should he able to withstand forces using both the maximum and the mmimurn
oefficients, and the whole canopy should be able to support forces using one slope at the maximum coefficient with the
Ither slope at the minimum coeffictent. For duopitch canopies the cenrre of pressure should be taken to act at the centre
‘Peach slope.

20
 YS : 875 ( Pars 3 ) - Y987

TABLE 9 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( TOP AND BOTTOM ) FOR PXTCHED ROOFS, a +e 3tP

( &uw 6.2.2.4 )

-T 1 T
i 1 E 1 Roof sIope a 0 30’
e - 0’ - 450, D, D’, E, E’ :x1:
I length
9 = 90”, D, D’, E, E’ prr !engzh
i b’, thereafter Cp = 0

I__ L;----
G _____: z
J

I c

-- 7

9 , ----I

1 1 End Surfaces
D 1 D E -7

I ) E’ j c j c’ / c; I
G’
-I I
I -05
I
-0.3
/
j
I
1
- .j_

0 0’6 ! -1’0 / !
-0’6 / -0.3 i / I
45O 0.1 ; -0.3
-0.3 1 -0.4 I1 -0*3 / 0.8 /
9o” -0’3 j -C’4 : I 0’3
_-A- j_ I

45” I Forj : Cp top = -i’O; Cp bottom = -0.2

90”
I-
I Tangentially acting friction: ROOo ip 0’05 pdbd

21
 IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1387

TABLE 10 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( TOP AND BOTTOM ) FOR PITCHED FREE ROOFS,
a = 300 WITH EFFECTS OF TRAIN OR STORED MA’I’BRIALS

( Clause 6.2.2.4 )

Roof slope LY= 300

! -
, Efftctz of trains or stored
b:5C materials:
0 a 0” -45”, or 135” -180”,
I D, D’. E, F’ full lqngth
I E 6 - ;;,.$, D , E, E part
I
b’, thereafter
!
& = 0

.I-. _G__ L
- --_
I c
&d --I

PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS,cp
cl
“/
End Surfaces
D D’ E E’
c c G G’

0” 0’1 0’8 -0’7 0’9

45O -0’1 0’5 -0’8 0’5

90” -0’4 -0’5 -0’4 -0’5 -0’3 0’8 0’3 -0’4

180” -0’3 -0’6 0’4 -0’6

i -
45” Forj : Cp top = - 1’5; C, bottom Q 0’5

go0 Tangentially acting friction: &a” = 0’05 pdbd

.-

22
-a.-%“---_-_-_“_... _. _

IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 11 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS (TOPANDBOTTOM)FORPlTCHEDF~~ BOOFS,am 10"

( Clause
6.2.2.4)

f
b’=d

b=Sd

Roof slope (L = IO”

8 = 0” - 45”, D, D’, E, E’ full length
0 = 90°, D, D’, E, E’ par1 length b’,
thereafter Cp = 0

PRESSURECOEFFICIENTS, CD

e End Surfaces

D D’ E E’
c C G 1 G
-~. I
--

00 -1.0 03 -0.5 0.2 ,

45" -0'3 0.1 -0'3 0’1
90” -0.3 0 -0.3 0 -0'4 0.8 09 -0.6
-
0" Forf: Cp top = -11’0; Cp bottom = 0’4
0” - 90° Tangentially acting friction, RIO’ = O”1 pdbd

23
 TABU I2 PRESSURE COEFFICIFiNTS (*OP AND BOTTOM ) FOR PITCRBD FBE ROOFS
ir - 10” WITH EFFECTS OF TRAIN OR STORED MATJZItIAL8
( CIaw 6.2.2.4 )

-T
h’=O$th
_A_

i
i

Roof slope m - IO0

EAacts of trains or stored materials:
e-o.=- 45’,or 135’ - 180°,
D, D’, E, E’ full length
0 = 90*, D, D’, E, E’ part length b’,
thereafter CD = 0

G G’
i

1
I
/
-0’4 0.8 0’3 -0%
1
!
I i
I
I 0” ’ ForJ: I;, top = -15; Cp bottom = 0.9
0” - I!$” / Tangentially acting friction: R,o” .= 0.1 p&j
i

24
 1sr875(Part3)-1987

TABLE 13 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFTZCXENTS FOR TROUGHED FRER ROOPS, a = IO”

( Clause 6.2.2.4 )

Roof slope a - 10”

9 = 0” -45”, D. D’, E. E’ full
iength
A = 90*, D,_ D’, E, E’ Fatt length
b’, thereafter Cp I 9

P&EssUnE cOEFFICIEK?K3, cp

D D’ 1 E / E’
, I
/
I !
0” 0’3 -0’7 0’2 -0’9
I
,
4Y 0 -0’2 0’1 j -0’3
/
I
90” -0’1 0.1 -0’1 0‘1

0” Forf : CD top = 0’4; Cp bottom = - i-1

0” -90 Tangentially acting friction Rgo” = G’i &bi

25
ISr875( Part3)-1987

TAtWE 14 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( TOP AND BOTTOM ) FOR TROUGHED FREE ROOFS,
a = IO” WITH EFFECTS OF TRAINS OR STORED MATERIALS
( Clause 6.2.2.4 )

b= 5d

f
Lm
T Roof slope (I = 10”
Effects
materials:
of trains or

13= 0” - 450, or 135” - 180”,

D, D’, E, E’ full length
13= go”, D, D’, E, E’, part
length b’ thereafter
stored

Cp = 0

i------i

PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, Cp
e

D D’ E E’

00 -0’7 0’8 -0’6 0’6

45O -0’4 0’3 -0’2 0’2

90° -0.1 0’1 -0’1 0’1

180” -0’4 -0.2 -0.6 - 0’3

0” Forf: Cp top = - 1’1; CD bottom = 0’9

O”- 180’ Tangentially acting friction: &,o’ = 0’1 pabd

26
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

6.2.2.5 Curved roofs - For curved roofs, the The total resultant load (P) acting on the roof
external pressure coefficients shall be as given in of the structure is given by the following formula:
Table 15. Allowance for local effects shall be
-made in accordance with Table 5. P = 0.785 D’ ( _!q - C,, pa)

6.2.2.6 Pitched and saw-tooth roofs of multi- The resultant of Pfor roofs lies at 0.1 D from
span buildings - For pitched and saw-tooth the centre of the roof on the windword side.
roofs of multi-span buildings, the external average
pressure coefficients and pressure concentration 6.2.2.10 Combined roofs and roofs with a sky
coefficients shall be. as given in Tables 16 and 17 light - The average external pressure coefficients
respectively. provided that all spans shall be equal for combined roofs and roofs with a sky light is
and the height to the eaves shall not exceed the shown in Table 20.
span.
6.2.2.11 Grandstands - The pressure coeffi-
NOTE- Evidence on multi-span buildings is cients on the roof ( top and bottom ) and rear
fragmentary; any departure given in Tables 16 and 17
should be investigated separately. wall of a typical grandstand roof which is open
on three sides is given in Table 21. The pressure
6.2.2.7 Pressure coeficients on overhangs from coefficients are valid for a particular ratio of
roofs - The pressure coefficients on the top over- dimensions as specified in Table 21 but may be
hanging portion of the roofs shall be taken to be used for deviations up to 20 percent. In general,
the same as that of the nearest top portion of the the maximum wind load occurs when the wind is
non-overhanging portion of the roofs. The pressure blowing into the open front of the stand, causing
coefficients for the underside surface of the over- positive pressure under the roof and negative
hanging portions shall be taken as follows and pressure on the roof.
shall be taken as positive if the overhanging
portion is on the windward side: 6.2.2.12 Upper surface of round silos and
tanks - The pressure coefficients on the upper
a) 1.25 if the overhanging slopes,
surface of round silos and tanks standing on
b) 1.00 if the overhanging isShorizontal, and ground shall be as given in Fig. 2.
c) 0.75 if the overhanging slopes upwards.
6.2.2.13 Spheres - The. external pressure
For overhanging portions on sides other than coefficients for spheres shall be as given in
the windward side, the average pressure coeffi- Table 22.
cients on adjoining walls may be used.
6.2.3 Internal Pressure Coejicients - Internal air
6.2.2.8 Cylindrical structures - For the pur- pressure in a building depends upon the degree
pose of calculating the wind pressure distribution of permeability of cladding to the flow of air.
around a cylindrical structure of circular cross- The internal air pressure may be positive or
section, the value of external pressure coefficients negative depending on the direction of flow of
given in Table 18 may be used provided that the air in relation to openings in the buildings.
Reynolds number is greater than 10 000. They
may be used for wind blowing normal to the axis 6.2.3.1 In the case of buildings where the
of cylinders having axis normal to the ground claddings permit the flow of air with openings not
plane ( that is, chimneys and silos ) and cylinders more than about 5 percent of the wall area but
having their axis parallel to the ground plane where there are no large openings, it is necessary
( that is, horizontal tanks ) provided that the to consider the possibility of the internal pressure
clearance between the tank and the ground is not being positive or negative. Two design conditions
less than the diameter of the cylinder. shall be examined, one with an internal pressure
coefficient of +0.2 and another with an internal
h is height of a vertical cylinder or length of a
horizontal cylinder. Where there is a free flow of pressure coefficient of -0.2.
air around both ends, h is to be taken as half the
The internal pressure coefficient is algebrai-
length when calculating h/D ratio.
cally added to the external pressure coefficient
In the calculation of the resultant load on the and the analysis which indicates greater distress of
periphery of the cylinder, the value of C,t shall the member shall be adopted. In most situations
be taken into account. For open ended cylinders, a simple inspection of the sign of external pressure
C,i shall be taken as follows: will at once indicate the proper sign of the inter-
nal pressure coefficient to be taken for design.
a) 0.8 where h/D is not less than 0.3, and
b) 0.5 where h/D is less than 0.3. NOTE - The term normal permeability relates t*
the flow of air commonly aft‘orded by claddings not
6.2.2.9 Roofs and bottoms of cylindrical elevated only through open windows and doors, but also through
the slits round the closed winc’ows 2nd doors and thro-
structures - The external pressure coefficients for
ugh chimneys, ventilators and through the joints bet-
roofs and bottoms of cylindrical elevated structures ween roof coverings, the total open area being less than
shall be as given in Table 19 ( see also Fig. 2 ). 5 percent of area of the walls having the openings.
TABLE 15 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS FOR CURVED ROOFS

( Clause 6.2.2.5 )

l------~-----l Values of C, Cl and C2

a) Roof springing from ground level
c2

-CL_

0'1 -0’8 +0*1 -0’8

_-
0.2 -0’9 +0*3 -0.7
___- .~
03 -1.0 +0*4 -0.3
p_-- jp
0’4 -1’1 +06 +0*4
-- -~
0.5 -1’2 +0.7 i-o.7

NOTE - fihen the wind is blowing

normal to gable ends, Cpe may be
-0.6 taken as equal to -0.7 for the full
width of the roof.over a length of l/2
from the gable ends and -0.5 for the
remaining portion.

b) Roof on elevated structure

rCENTRAL HALF (Cl

GUARTE R
4 i

fiGkIfCiN OF ROOF EEL

THIS LINE TO BE
TREAIED AS AN
EXTENSION of
VERTICAL SUPPORTS

c) Doubly curved roofs

--7 0 0.6
 ..___I.__

ISr875(Part3)-19a7

TABLE 16 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS ( C b i’OR PlTCHED ROeFS OP

MULTISPAN BUILDINGS (ALL SPANS EQ&lp, WITH h > w’
( Ckusc 6.2.2.6 )

I w’ J_
I-
w’ J_
-l-
w’ _1_
I-
w’ _I_ w’ I w* 1
y=h or 0-1~
ROOF PLAN
WHICHEVER IS LESS
h,= h,=h

I i

SECTION

ROOF WIND FIRST SPAN FIRST OTHER END SPAN LOCAL ~RFPIOUNT
ANR LE ANQLE INT~YIcDIATE INT~R~~EDIATE
SPAN SPAN
c----t
a e --74 -- C d -- m n x 2

degrees degrees

5 0 -0’9 -0.6 -0’4 -0’3 -0’3 -0’3 -0.3 -0’3 I

10 -1’1 -0.6 -0’4 -0’3 -0’3 -0.3 -0’3 -0’4 I

20 -0’7 -0’6 -0’4 -0’3 -0’3 -0’3 -0.3 -0.3 \ -2’0 -1’5

30 -0.2 -0’6 -0.4 -0’3 -0.2 -0’3 -0’2 -0’5 )

45 +0*3 -0.6 -0.6 -0’4 -0’2 -0.4 -0’2 -0.5 J

Distance
r---- -- h-P---- __-
Roof Wind hx ha h3
Angle Angle
d;reea 8
degrees
up to 45 90 -0’8 -0’6 -0’2
Frictional drag: When wind angle 0 - O’, horizontal forces due to frictional drag are allowed for in the aboye
values; and
when wind angle 0 = 90°, allow for frictional drag in accordance with 6.3.1.
NOTE - Evidence on these buildings is fragmentary and any departure from the casu given should ba
investigated reparately.

29
L_ .._ . ._.-

IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 17 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS C,e FOR SAW-TOOTH ROOFS OF MULTI-

SPAN BUILDINGS (‘ALL SPANS EQUAL ) WITH h > w’
( Clause 6.2.2.6 )

ROOF PLAN
Y =hor 0’1 UI which-
ever is the less
hl=hB = h

SECTION

WIND FIRST SPAN FIRST OTHER END SPANS LOCAL COEFFICIENT

ANC+LE INTER~~~EDIATE INTERMEDIATE
e SPAN SPANS
c----Y r--hw-y r---h_-~ C--h--7
a b c d m R x t

degrees

0 +0’6 -0.7 -0’7 -0.4 -0.3 -0’2 -0.1 -0’3 1

-2’0 -1’5
180 -0’5 -0.3 -0.3 -0.3 -0.4 -0.6 -0’6 -0’1 J

DISTANCE
c------------ -+.L----_-----~
WIND h ha ha
ANGLE 0
degrees
90 -0.8 -0% -0’2

210 Similarly, but handed

Frictional drag: When wind angle 0 = O’, horizontal forces due to frictional drag are allowed for in the above
values; and
when wind angle 8 I 90”, allow for frictional drag in accordance with 6.3.1.

NOTE - Evidence on these buildings is fragmentary and any departures from the cases given should be investigated
separately.

30
 18:875(P8rt3)-1987

TABLE I8 EXTERNAL PRESSURE DISTRIBUTION COEFPICIENTS AROuN6 CTLiNDkWWL

sTRucTURm3 ’
( CIaucs6.2.2.8 )

-
POSITION OF PRESSUI~E COEFFICIENT,Cm
PEBIPHERY, 0 -
IX DEQREEB
h/D = 25 h/D = 7
I h/D = 1

0 1’0 1.0 1’0

15 O-8 0’8 0’8

30 0.1 0’1 0’1

45 -0’9 -0’8 -0’7

60 -1’9 -1’7 -1;2

75 -2’5 -2.2 - 1.6

90 -2’6 -2’2 -1’7

105 - 1.9 -1’7 -1.2

120 -0’9 -0’8 -0.7

135 -0.7 -0.6 -0.5

150 -0’6 -0.5 -0’4

165 -06 -0’5 -0’4

180 -0.6 -0.5 -0’4

-- I

31
IS -I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

T-LB 19 =TBRNAL PRESSURE COE@FICIENTS FOR ROOFS AND BOTTOMS OF

CYLINDRICAL BUILDINGS
( Clause6.2.2.9 )

P
OIREC?TION
Of WIN0

(bl

(cl

COS~FICIE~ OF EXTERXAL PREBSURE, Cps

STRUCTURE ACCOBDIITGTO SEAPE

a,budc d

HID Roof (z/H) -1 Roof Bottom

0’5 -0.65 1’00 -0’75 -0’8

130 -1’00 1’25 -0’75 -0.7

_
2.00 - 1’00 1’50 -0’75 -0.6
I -
Total force acting on the roof of the structure, P 1 0’785 Da ( pi - CpePd )
The resultant of P lier ecceotricdly, # a O’ID

32
 IS:875(Part5)-1987

TABLE 28 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, Cw FOR COMBINED ROOFS AND ROOF’S

WITH A SKY LIGHT
( Clause 6.2.2.10 )

a) Combined Roofs

-0.8

VALUE0 OP cpe

POETION DIRECTION 1 DIRECTION 2

a From the Diagram

Cpe = -0’5, - < 1’5 -0’4

hr
b
Cpe = -0’7, _!!!_ > I.5
he

I candd See Table 5

see 6.2.2.7

( Confinurd)

33
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 20 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS, -Cpe FOR COMBINED ROOFS AND ROOFS
WITH A SKY LIGHT - Contd

b) .Roofs with a Sky Light

WIN0

b; ; b, bl < bs

PORTION 0 b a and b
---

Ge -0.6 $0’7 See Table for combined roofs

I

34
 IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 21 PRESSURE COEFFICIENTS AT TOP AND BOTTOM ROOF OF GRAND STANDS

OPEN THREE SIDES ( ROOF ANGLE UP TO 5” )
( Clause 6.2.2.11 )
( A : b : I= 0.8 : 1 : 2’2 )
FRONT AND BACK OF WALL
--
8 3 x L M
---
0* -l-O’9 -0.5 +0.9 -0.5
-
45” +0.8 -0’6 +0*4 -0’4

KM
135O - 1’1 +0’6 - 1.0 +0*4
777
-_

180~ -0.3 co.9 -0’3 +0.9

-

60” ‘Mw’ - CpofK= -1’0

7 60” ‘Mw’ - c, Of.3 = + 1’0

Mw

G 1
I
0H

i-----b4
( Shaded area to scale )
TOP AND BOTTOM OF ROOF
-
1

0 B c D E
-- -.-

0” +0*9 -1.0 +0.9 -0.7 +0’9 CO’7 f0’9

* ~- --

45O $0’7 -0’7 -CO’4 -0.5 +0’8 -0’5 f0’3

135” -1.1 -0’7 -1’0 -0.9 -0.9 -1’0

N_ --.-

180”
i
-0.6 -0’3 -0.6 -0.3 -0’6 -0’6 -0’3

/
45O ‘MR’ - cp ( top ) = -2.0
-

45” ‘MB’ - Cp ( bottom ) = + 1’0

35
 T-
I8 : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

1.5 j.0 a 0.5

tand c 0.2
0.20 <h <30
h

/I I,,, , ,, , , ,,

SECTION
0
_,
, ,,.,

AA
._.
, ,,,

---I
, ,

PLAN
( For Force Coefficient Corresponding to Shell Portion, see Table 23 ).

FIQ. 2 EXTERNAL PRESSURE COEFFICIENT ON THE UPPER ROOF SURFACEOF SINQULAR ChtCr;t~~
STANDINGON ‘1:HE GROUND

6.2.3.2 Buildings with medium
ojenings - Buildings with medium and large
openings may also exhibit either positive or
negative internal pressure depending upon the
direction of wind. Buildings with medium open-
ings between about 5 to 20 percent of wall area
shall be examined for an internal pressure coeffi-
Fient of +0*5 and later with an internal pres-
sure coefficient of -0.5, and the analysis which
produces greater distress of the members shall be
adopted. Buildings with large openings, that is,
openings larger than 20 percent of the wall area
shall be examined once with an internal pressure
coefficient of $-O-7 and again with an internal
pressure coefficient of -0.7, and the analysis
which produces greater distress on the members
shall be adopted.
Buildings with one open side or opening
exceeding 20 percent of wall area may be assu-
med to be subjected to internal positive pressure
or suciion similar to those for buildings with large
openings. A few examples of buildings with one
sided openings are shown in Fig. 3 indicating
values of internal pressure coefficients with respect
to the direction of wind.
6.2.3.3 In buildings with roofs but no walls,
the roofs wiilbe subjected to pressure from both
inside and outside and the recommendations shall
be as given in 6.2.2.
and large 6.3 Force Coefficients - The value of force
coefficients apply to a building or structure as a
whole, and when multiplied by the effective.
frontal area A, of the building or structure and by
design wind pressure, pd gives the total wind load
on that particular building or structure.
F - Ci A, ~a
where F is the force acting in a direction
specified in the respective tables and Ci is the
force coeficient for the building.
RiOTE 1 - The value of the force coefficient differs
for the wind acting on different faces of a building or
structure. In order to determine the critical load, the
total wind load should be calculated for each wind
direction.
NOTE 2 - If surface design pressure varies with
height, the surface area of the building/structure mav
be sub-divided so that specified pressures are taken over
appropriate areas.
NOTE3 - In‘tapered buildinq/structures, the force
coefficients shall be applied aiier sub-dividing the
building/structure into suitable number of strips and the
load on each strip calculated individually, taking the
area of each strip as Ae.
NOTE 4 - For force coefficients for structures not.
covered above, reference may be made to specialist
literature on the subject or advise may be sought from
specialists in the subject.

36
 iS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TARLE !Z2 =TRRNAL PRESSURE DISTRIRUTION COEFFICIENTS AROdND

SPHERICAL STRUCTURES
( Chse 6.2.2.13 )

-
1- REMAIIKS

0 4-1'0 Ct = 0.5 for Dl;d < 7

15 +0.9 = 0.2 for DVa > 7

30 -to*5
45 -0’1

60 -0.7

75 --I’1

90 - 1.2

105 - 1’0

120 -0.6

135 -0.2

150 +0*1

165 +0*3

180 +0*4

6.3.1 Frictional Drag - In certain buildings of
special shape, a force due to .frictional drag shall
be taken into account in addition to those loads
specified in 6.2. For rectangular clad buildings,
this addition is necessary only where the ratio
d d
- or F is greater than 4. The frictional drag
h
force, F’, in the direction of the wind is given by
the following formulae:
Ifh< b,F’=C,‘(d-4h)b@,
s Cr’ ( d - 4h ) 2 hi&, and
if A > b, F’ - “;‘&-j 4b ) bjd
- 4b ) 2 h&.
The first term in each case gives the drag on
the roof and the second on the walls. The value
of Cr’ has the following values:
C,‘ - 0.01 for smooth surfaces without corru-
gations or ribs across the wind direction,
C,’ - 0.02 for surfaces with corrugations
across the wind direction, and
Cf’ = 0.04 for surfaces with ribs across the
wind direction.
For other buildings, the frictional drag has
been indicated, where necessary, in the tables of
pressure coefficients and force coefficients.
6.3.2 Force Corficients for Ciad Buildings
6.3.2.1 Clad buildings of uniform section -
The overall force coefficients for rectangular clad
b ur‘ld’mgs of uniform section with Aat roofs in
uniform flow shall be as given in Fig. 4 and for
other clad buildings of uniform section ( without
projections, except-where otherwise sho& ) shall
be as given in Table 23.

37
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

(C) For F = I, use average values

Arrows indicate direction of wind.

FIG. 3 LARGE OPENINQ IN-BUILDINGS( VALUES OF COEFFICIENTSOF INTERNAL PRESXJRE )
WITM TOP CLOSED
6.3.2.2 Buildings of circular shajcs - Force surface varying linearly from a maximum of l-7’
coefficients for buildings circular cross-section Cr at the up wind edge to 044 Ci at the down
shapes shall be as given in Table 23. However, wind edge.
more precise estimation of force coefficients for The wind load on appurtenances and supports
circular shapes of infinite length can be obtained for hoardings shall be accounted for separately by
from Fig. 5 taking into account the average using the appropriate net pressure coefficients.
height of surface roughness E. When the length Allowance shall be made for shielding effects of
is finite, the values obtained from Fig, 5 shall be one element or another.
reduced by the multiplication factor K ( see also
Table 25 and Appendix D ). 6.3.2.4 Solid circular shajes mounted on a
surface - The force coefficients for solid circular
6.3.2.3 Lox walls and hoardings - Force shapes mounted on a surface shall be as given in
coefficients for low walls and hoardings less than Fig. 6.
15 m high shall be as given in Table ‘21 provided
the height shall be measured from the ground to 6.3.3 Force Coejicients for Unclad Buildings
the top of the walls or hoarding, and provided 6.3.3.1 General - This section applies to.
that for walls’ or hoardings above ground the permanently unclad buildings and to frameworks
clearance between the wall or hoarding and the of buildings while temporarily unclad. In the case
ground shall be not less than 0.25 times the verti- of buildings whose surfaces are well rounded, such
cal dimension of the wall or hoarding. as those with elliptic, circular or ovoid cross-
To allow for oblique winds, the design shall sections, the total force can be more at wind
also be checked for net pressure normal to the speeds much less than the maximum due to
38
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

ztransition in the nature of boundary layer OII them. obstructed, the ratio l/b shall be taken as
Although this phenomenon is well known in the infinity for the purpose of determining K_
case of circular cylinders, the same phenomenon
b) Flat-sided members - Force coefficients’ for
exists in the case of many other well-rounded wind normal to the longitudinal axis of
:structures, and this possibility must be checked. flat-sided structural members shall be as
given in Table 26.
6.3.3.2 Individual members
The force coeficients are given for two
a) The coefficients refer to the members of
infinite length. For members of finite length, mutually perpendicular directions relative
to a reference axis on the structural mem-
the coefficients should be multiplied by a
factor K that depends on the ratio I/b ber. They are designated as CI, and Cft,
give the forces normal and transverse,
where 1 is the length of the member and
5 is the width across the direction or wind. respectively to the relerence plane as shown
Table 25 gives the required values of K. in Table 26.
The foliowing special cases must be noted Normal force, F, = C,, pd A’1 b
while estimating K. Transverse force, Ft = Cft pa K 1 b
i) Where any member abuts onto a plate or c) Circular sections - Force coefficients for
wall in such a way that free flow of air members of circular section shall be as
around that end of the member is pre- given in Table 23 ( seealso Appendix D ).
vented, then the ratio of l/b shall be
d) Force coefficients for wires and cables shall
doubled fat the purpose of determining be as given in Table 27 according to the
K; and diamater (D), the design wind speed ( f’ti)
ii) When both ends of a member are so and the surface roughness.

h
-_=a a
b
\\I 701 i I I

t
cf

a/b -
4A Values of Cr versus -I for $ 2 1

4B Values of Cc versus -: for -a < 1

‘FI~J. 4 FORCE COEFFICIENTBFOR RECTANGULAR CLAC BUILDINGSIN UNIPBRM FLO~V

39
d _-_ . ..-. -.-. --

‘IS:873(Part3)-1987

TABLE 23 FORCE COEFFICIENTS Cf FOR CLAD BUILDINGS OF UNIFORM SECTION

( ACTING IN THE DIRECTION OF WIND )
[ Clauses 6.3.2.1,6.3.2.2 and 6.3.3.2(c) ]

-i- Cr POX HEIOET/BEEADTH RATJO

-
1 3pro1/2j 1 2 I 5
!
10 f 20 T
- 1.
oa

All surfaces <6

,! i--
I
-,-
I
-
I

_-;
I I
0'7 0-i 0’7 0’8 0’9 I 1’2
Rough or with 1
projections >6 I
j.
Ij- I
I

, !

See aim Apppendix c Snzooth >6

1
o-5 , 0.5 0’5
I’ 0’6
r
- i- _j -- .I.

--- 1,
_I.

, !
I
< 10 I 0’5 I 0’5 I
0’5
!
c-5 j 0.6 i 0.6 0'7
I
I
-I-- / --
> 10 0’2 j- O-2
-1 0.2

.j- -!

<a 0.8 / 0’8 ’ i.3 1’7

Ellipse
b/d - 2
_ _-
o-9 1’0

I
1-l
i
>8 0’8 u-8 0’9 1’0 1’1 1.3 1’5

I--- --_/___
(4 0’6 ’ 0’6 0’6 0’7 0.8 ) 0’8
r b/d = 1 --_ -- -_
r/b i= l/3
34 0.4 0.4 0’4 0’4 O-5 0’5 0.5
-0
-- --

< 10 0.7 0:8 0’8 0.9 1‘0 1’3

b/d = 1 -- ---
r\e - lJ6
> 10 0.5 0’5 0’5 0.5 0’6
i Ia0
/ 0% )_ G.6
-- -1.
<3 0’3 I 0.3 0.3 @3 0’3 i 0.3 0’4
-- I
i
>s 0.2 , 0.2 0.2 0.2

--

b/d = l/2 All

r/b = l/6 values 0’5 0’5 0’5 0.5 0.6 0’6 0’7

._
-]-
d
t
i b/d - 2 All
values 1.0 ; 1’1
d rib = l/12 0.9 o-9
-n
I
I!
--
( Chlintrcd )

40
 IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

TABLE 23 FORCE COEFFICIENTS Ci FOR CLAD BUILDINGS OF UNIFORM SECTION

( ACTING IN THE DIRECTION OF WIND’) - Contd

P~ax SRAPE Vdb Cf FOR HEIGHT/BREADTH RATIO

!
-
--I
m2;s p to 1;2 1 2 5 10 20 ICC /

. I- _/--.-J-_-____
, I
I I !

/ I
<6 0.7 0’8 0.8 0.9 1’0 I 1’2 1 1’6 1
b/d = 2
r/b - l/4
- - -_ _- .I_ __...+__/-I

>6 0’5 0.5 0’5 0.5 0.5 O-6 j 0’6

I

-/- .I- _- .I- -I-

/--“I
r’ (10 0’8 0.8 0’9 1’0
_- 1’1 1’3 1’5

-0 va
u
r/a=113 _

710
-

-
0.5

. _--
0.5 1 0.5 0.5 0’5
-i-
0'6 0’6

,-

-~

0 r/a = l/12
All
values

_- --
0.9

_
0.9 0’9

-
1.1 1’2

.-
1’3 1’6

0.9 0’9 0.9 1.1 1’2 :‘3 1’6

I
_- I -_

(11 0’7 O-7 0.8 0’9 1’0 1’2

_- -- ---
r/b = l/4 ~
_-

711 0’4 0.4 0’4 0’4 O-5 0.5 0.5

__/_ _ _--
-I -I
--

0’8 0.8 0’8 1’0 1’1 12 1.4

_ -_ _- _ - --

0.7 0.7 0’8 0’9 1.0 1’1 1.3

- -- --

0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 1’0 I.1 1’3

- - - I- -/- _I------- -.__
0.4 0’4 0’4 0.4 1 0’5 0.5 0.5
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - R987

TABLE 23 FORCE COEFFICIENTS cf FOB CLAD BUILDINGS OF UNIFORM SECTION

( ACTING IN THE DIRECTION OF WIND ) - Contd

P&AN SHAPE Vd Cr FOR HEI~ET/BREADTH RATIO

up to l/2 I 2 5 10 20 cc
msls
_-----
I I----
’

- D 1’4:z~
All
values
1.2

--
1.2 1.2 1’4 1’6

-cl L----d----J
12-sided
PO1
ygon
_-
<12

512
0’7

0’7
0.7

0’7
0’8

0.7
0’9

0-Y
1’0

0.8
-

-l-
1.1

0’9
I
)__-

I
I
1.3

1’1

-0 Octagon All
values
1.0 1’0 1’1 1’2 1’2

~
1.3

--
1’4

-0 Hexagan
All
values 1’0 1’1 l-2 1.3 1’4

Structures that, because of their size and design wind velocity, are in the supercritical flow regime may need further
1’4 ( 1’5

calculation to ensure that the greatest loads do not occur at some wind speed below the maximum when the flow will be
subcritical,

The coefficients are for buildings without projections, except where otherwise shown.

In this table Vdb is used as an indication of the airflow regime.

42
--- ~.____..

18:875(Part3)-1987

@6

0
14l6 2 3 L 5 6 8 106- -2 3 L 5 6 8 107 2 3 L56 81’

Cf
Fro. 5 VARIATION OF WITH R, ( >3 x 10’ ) FOR CIRCULAR SECTIONS

TABLE 24 FORCE COEFFICIENTS FOR LOW WALLS OR HOARDINGS ( < 15m HIGH )
( Clause 6.3.2.3 )

t--bl
I I

ABOVE GROUND h’>,O-25h’ ONE EDGE ON GRUUND

Wind normal to face
-

Wall
WIDTH

Above Ground
TO HEIGHT RATIO, b/h

Wall on Ground
1 DRAG COEFFICIENT, Cf

From 0’5 to 6 From 1 to 12 l-2

10 20 1’3

16 32 1’4

20 40 l-5

40 80 1.75

60 120 1’8

80 or more 160 or more 2’0

-

43
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

SIOE ELEVATION DESCRIPTION OF SHAPE

CIRCULAR OISC

HEMISPHERICAL
BOWL

HEMISPHERICAL
BOWL

HEMISPHERICAL
SOLID

06 FOR V,,O<7
SPHERICAL O-2 FOR ‘IdO’/
SOLID

FIG.6 FORCE COEFFICIENTSFOR SOLID SHAPES-MOUNTED ON A SURFACE

TABLE 25 REDUCTION FACTOR K FOR INDIVIDUAL MEMBERS

[ Clauses
6.3.2.2md 6.3.3.2(a) ]

I/b or l/D 2 5 10 20 40 50 100 C-a

Circular cylinder, 0’58 0’62 0’68 0.74 0.82 0.87 0’98 1’00
subcritical Row

Circular cylinder, 0.80 0.80 0.82 O-90 0.98 0’99 1’00 1’00
supercritical flow
( DVd 9 6ma/s )

Flat plate perpendi- 0.62 0’66 0.69 0.81 0.87 0’90 o-95 1’00
cular to wind
( DV,j 2 6m2/s )
D I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

cf sub a force coefficient for subcritica)

TABLE 27 FORCE COEFFICIENTS FOR circular members as given in.
WIRES AND CABLES ( I/D = 100 )
Table 28 or Appendix D,
[ Clause 6.3.3.2(d) ]
c t iilbt = force coefficient for the flat
FLOW REW.IE FORCE COEFFICIENT, Cr FOR sided members as given in
~_--_-~-~--_---~
Smooth Moder- Fine Thick Table 28,
Surface ately Stranded Stranded A clrc sub - effective area of subcritical
Smooth Cables Cables
Wire
circular members,
(Galvani- ht = effective area of flat-side&
zed or members,
Painted) A
+ub= &rc Bub + Amty and
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)
DVa < 0’6 me/s - - 1.2 1.3 Area of the frame in a
QVa 2 0’6 ma/s - - 0’9 1’1 = supercritical flow >
Y
Dvd < 0.6 ml/s 1’2 1’2 - - Ae
Dvd 2 cj m’js 0.5 0.7 - - 6.3.3.4 Mu&h frame buildings - This
section applies to structures having two or more.
6.3.3.3 Singleframes - Force coefficients for parallel frames where the windward frames may
a single frame having either: have a shielding effect upon the~frames to leeward
a) all flat sided members, or side. The windward frame and any unshield parts
of other frames shall be calculated in accordance
b) all circular members in which all the with 6.3.3.3, but the wind load on the parts of
members of the frame have either: frames that are sheltered should be multiplied by
i) D va less than 6 ms/s, or a shielding factor which is dependent upon the
ii) DVa greater than 6 ml/s. solidity ratio of the windward frame, the types of
the members comprising the frame and the spac-
shall be as given in Table 28 according to the ing ratio of the frames. The values of the shielding
type of the member, the diameter (D), the design factors are given in Table 29.
wind speed (v,J) and the solidity ratio (+).

TABLE 28 FORCE COEFFICIENTS FOR TABLE 29 SHIELDING FACTOR q FOR

SINGLE FRAMES MULTIPLE FRAMES

SOLIDITY FORCE COEFFICIENTS, Q, FOR EFFECTIVE FRAME SPACIXGRATIO

RATIO Q r-___-_--*--_____-~ SorJnrTY c_--_______*-_-.40- __‘_
Fiat-sided Circular Sections RATIO, fl ~0’5 1’0 2’0 *
Members ~--_--~~---~-~ >a.0
Subcri- Super- (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
tical flow critical flow 0 1.0 1’0 1’0 1’0 1’0
(DVdC6 ms/s) (Dv&% ma/s) 0.1 0’9 1.0 1.0 1.0 1’0
(1) (2) (3) (4) 0.2 0.8 0.9 1’0 1’0 1’0
0’1 1.9 1’2 0.7
0’3 0’7 0.8 1’0 1’0 1’0
0.2 1’0 1.2 0.8
0’4 0.6 0’7 1’0 1.0 1’0
0.3 1’7 1’2 0.8
0’5 0’5 0.6 0’9 1’0 1’0
0’4 I.7 1.1 0.8 0.7 0.3 0.6 0.8 o-9 10
0’5 i.6 1-l 0.8 1.0 0’3 0’6 0’6 0.8 1‘0
0’75 I.6 I.5 1’4
2.0 2’0 2.0 Linear interpolation between values is permitted.
1’00
Linear interpolation between the values is permitted.

Where there are more than two frames of

Force coefficients for a single frame not com- similar geometry and spacing, the wind load on
plying with the above requirements shall be the third and subsequent frames should be taken
calculated as follows: as equal to that on the second frame. The loads.
on the various frames shall be added to obtain
total load on the structure.
a) The frame spacing ratio is equal to the
+ (1 - Y) +
sub
crflat distance, centre to centre of the frames,
beams or girders divided by the least
where overall dimension of the frame, beam or
C f super = force coefficient for the super- girder measured at right angles to the
critical circular members as direction of the wind. For triangular framed
given in Table 28 or Appen- structures or rectangular framed structures
dix D, diagonal to the wind, the spacing ratio

46
 IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

should be calculated from the mean dis- Force coefficients for lattice towers of
tance between the frames in the direction equilateral-triangle s’ection with circular
of the wind. members all in the same flow ragime may
b) Effective solidity ratio, p: be as given in Table 32.
p = CJ for flat-sided members.
TABLE 31 OVERALL FORCE COEFFICIENT FOR
@ is to be obtained from Fig. 7 for SQUARE TOWERS COMPOSED OF
members of circular cross-sections. ROUNDED MEMBERS
[ Clause 6.3.3.5(d) ]
SOLIDITY FORCE COEFFICIENT FOR
RATIO OF r----------- h-- _____ --~
FRONT FACE Subcritical Flow Supercritical Flow
(Dvd < 6 mr/s) ( DVd 2 6 d/s 1
r-__*_-_y r---h --7
Onto face Onto Onto face Onto
corner corner
(1) (2) (3) (4) ,(5)
0’05 2’4 2.5 1’1 1’2
0’1 2’2 2’3 1’2 1’3
0’2 1’9 2.1 1’3 1’6
0’3 1’7 1’S 1’4 1’6
0’4 1’6 1’9 1.4 1.6
0.5 1’4 1’9 1’4 1’6
0 0.1 O-2 0.3 04 05 06 0 7 0 8
SOLIDITY RATIO.9
TABLE’ 32 OVERALL FORCE COEFFICIENT FOR
FIG..~ EFFECTIVE SOLIDITY RATIO, p EQUILATERAL-TRIANGULAR TOWERS
FOR ROUND SECTION MEMBERS COMPOSED OF ROUNDED MEMBERS
[ Clause 6.3.3.5(e) ]
6.3.3.5 Lattice towers SOLIDITY RATIO FORCE COEFFICIENT FOB
OF FRONT FACE I----- ---- --_-_--_-~
a) Force coefficient for lattice towers of square s+ Subcritical Flow Supercritcial Flow
or equilateral triangle section with flat- (Dvd < 6 m*/s) (Dvd < 6 ms/s)
c__-*-‘_~ r-__A-__y
sided members for wind blowing against any
All wind All wind
face shall be as given in Table 30. directions directions
(1) !2) (3)
TABLE 30 OVERALL FORCE COEFFICIENT FOR 0’05 1’8
TOWERS COMPOSED OF FLAT-SIDED MEMBERS
0.8
0’1 l-7 0.8
SOLIDITY RATIO FORGE COEEFICIENT BOR 0.2 1’6 1’1
cm-_-_-.“-- s-s-7
0’3 1’5 1’1
4 Square Towers Equilateral Tri-
angular Towers 0’4 1.5 1’1
(2) 0’5 1’4 1’2
(1) (3)
0.1 3’8 3.1
0’2 3.3 2’7
6.3.3.6 Tower a@rtenanccs - The wind
0.3
loading on tower appurtenances, such as ladders,
2.8 2.3
conduits, lights, elevators, etc, shall be calculated
0.4 2’3 1’9
using appropriate net pressure coefficients for
0’5 2’1 1’5 these elements. Allowance may be made for
shielding effect from other elements.
b) For square lattice towers with flat-sided 7. DYNAMIC EFFECTS
members the maximum load, which occurs
when the wind blows into a corner shall be 7.1 General - Flexible slender structures and
taken as 1.2 times the load for the wind structural elements shall be investigated to ascer-
blowing against a face. tain the importance of wind induized oscillations
or excitations along and across the direction of
4 For equilateral-triangle lattice towers with
wind.
flat-sided members, the load may be assu-
m ed to be constant for any inclination of In general, the following guidelines may be
wind to a face. ‘used for examining the problems of wind induced
Force coefficients for lattice towers of oscillations:
4
square section with circular members, all in a) Buildings and closed structures with a
the same flow regime, may be as given in height to minimum lateral dimension ratio
Table 31. of more than about 5.0. and

47
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
b) Buildings and closed structures whose
natural frequency in the first mode -is less
than 1-O Hz.
Any building or structure which does not
satisfy either of the above two criteria shall be
examined for dynamic effects of wind.
NOTE 1 - The fundamental time period (I) may
either be established by experimental observations on
similar buildings or calculated by any rational method
of analysis. In the absence of such data, T may be
determined as follows for multi-storeyed buildings:
4 For moment .resisting frames without bracing or
shear walls for resisting the lateral loads
z-=0*1 n single degree of freedom stall flutter, torsional
where
n = number of storeys including basement sto-
reys; and
b) For all others
== 0’09 H
d/d
where
H - total height of the main structure of the
building in metres, and
d = maximum base dimension of building in
metrcs in a direction parallel to the applied
wind force.
NOTE 2 - If preliminary studies indicate that
wind-induced oscillations are likely to be rignificant,
investigations should be persuade with the aid of analy-
tical methods or, if necessary, by means oi wind tunnel
tests on models.
NOTE3 - CrossLwind motions may by due to
lateral gustiness of the wind, unsteady wake flow (for
example, vortex shedding ), negative aerodynamic
damping or to a combination of these effects. These
cross-wind motions, can become critical in the design of
tall buildings/structures.
NOTE 4 - Motions in the direction of wind (known
also as buffeting) are caused by fluctuating wind force
associated with gusts. The excitations depend on gust
energy available at the resonant frequency.
NOTE 5 - The wake shed from an upstream body
may intensify motions in the direction of the wind, and
may also affect crosswind motions.
NOTE6 -The designer must be aware of the
following three forms of wind induced motion which
are characterized by increasing amplitude of oscillation
with the increase of wind speed.
a) Galloping - Galloping is transverse oscillations
of some structures due to the development of
aerodynamic forces which are in phase with the
motion. It is characterized by the progressively
increasing amplitude of transverse vibration
with increase of wind speed. The cross-section
which are particularly prone to this type of
excitation include the following:
i) All structures with non-circular cross-sections,
such as triangular, square, polygons, as well
as angles, crosses, and T-sections,
ii) Twisted cables and cables with ice encrusta-
tions.
b) Flutter - Flutter is unstable oscillatory motion
of a structure due to coupling between aerody-
namic force and elastic deformation of the
structure. Perhaps the’ most common form is
oscillatory motion due to combined bending
and torsion. Although oscillatory motions in
each degree of frebdom may be damped, insta-
bility can set in due to energy transfer from one
mode of oscillation to another, and the structure
is seen to execute sustained or divergent oscilla-
48
tions with a type of motion which is a combina-
tion of the individual modes of motion. Such
energy transfer takes place when the natural
frequencies of modes, taken individually, are
close to each other ( ratio. being typically less
than 2’0 ). Flutter can set in at wind speeds
much less than those required for exciting the
individual modes of motion. Long span
suspension bridge decks or any member of a
structure with large values of d/t ( where d is
the depth of a structure or structural member
parallel to wind stream and t is the least lateral
dimension of a member ) are prone to low speed
flutter. Wind tunnel testing is required to.
determine critical flutter speeds and the likely
structural response. Other types of flutter are
flutter, etc.
Cl Ovafiing- This walled structures with open ends
at one or both ends such as oil storage tanks,
and natural draught cooling towers in which the
ratio of the diameter of minimum lateral dimen-
sion to the wall thickness is of the order of !OO
or more, are prone to ovalling oscillations.
These oscillations are characterized by periodic
radial deformation of the hollow structure.
NATE 7 -Buildings and structures that may be
subjected to serious wind excited oscillations require
careful investigation. It is to be noted that wind induc-
ed oscillations may occur at wind speeds lower than the
static design wind speed for the location.
NOTE8 - Analytical methods for the response of
dynamic structures to wind loading can be found in the
following publications:
i) Engineering Science Data, Wind Engineering
Sub-Series ( 4 volumes ), London, ESDU Inter-
national.
ii) ‘Wind Engineering in the Eighties’, Construc-
tion Industry Research and Information Associ-
ation, 1981, London.
iii) ‘Wind Effects on Structures’ by E. Simiu and
R.H. Scanlan, New York, John Wiley and
Sons, 1978.
iv) Supplement to the National Building Code of
Canada. 1980. NRCC, No. 17724, Ottawa, Nati-
onal Research Council of Canada, 1980.
v) Wind forces on structures by Peter Sachs. Per-
gamon press.
vi) Flow induced vibration by Robert D. Clevins,
Van Nostrand Reinfold Co.
vii) Appropriate Indian Standards ( see 1.1.3 ).
NOTE 9 - In assessing wind loads due to such dy-
namic phenomenon as galloping, flutter and ovalling, if
the required information is not available either in the
references of Note 8 or other literature, specialist advise
shall be sought, including experiments on models in
wind tunnels.
7.2 Motion Due to Vortex Shedding
7.2.1 For a structure, the
Slender Structures -
shedding frequency, 3 shall be determined by the
following formula:
where
S = Strouhal number,
v#j = design wind velocity, and
b = breadth of a structure or structural
members in the horizontal plane
normal to the wind direction.
 IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

a) Circular Structures - For structures circular 8.2.1 Variation of Hourb Mean Wind Speed with
in cross-section: Height - The variation of hourly mean wind
S = 0.20 for bV’, not greater than 7, speed with height shall cbe calculated as follows:
and Vz = Vb h ha ks
= 0.25 for bV, greater than 7. where
b) Rectangular Structures - For structures of P, = hourly mean wind speed in m/s,
rectangular cross-section: at height e;
S = O-15 for all values of b V,. vb = regional basic wind speed in m/s
NOTE 1 - Significant cross wind motions may be (see Fig. 1 );
produced by vortex shedding if the natural frequency kl = probability factor ( see 5.3.1 );
of the structure or structural element is equal to the
frequency of the vortex shedding within the range of & = terrain and height factor ( see
expected wind velocities. In such cases, further analysis Table 33 ); and
should be carried out on the basis of references given in
Note 8 of 7.1. A-s- topography factor ( see 5.3.3 ).
NOTE 2 - Unlined welded steel chimney stacks
and similar structures are prone to excitation by vortex TABLE 33 HOURLY MEAN WIND SPEED FACTOR
shedding. Xs IN DIFFERENT TERRAINS FOR
NOTE 3 - Intensification of the effects of periodic DIFFERENT HEIGHTS
vortex shedding has been reported in cases where two ( Cluuses 8.2 and 8.2.1 )
or more similar structures are located in close proxi-
mity. for example, at less than 20 b apart, where b is HEIQ~T T~RRA.IN
the dimension of the structure normal to the wind. m r--------- - ----- ---7
Category 1 Category 2 Category 3 Category 4
NOTE 4 - The formulae given in 7.2.1(a) and (b)
are valid for infinitely long cylindrical structures. The (1) (4 (3) (4) (5)
value of Sdecreases slowly as the ratio of length to up to 10 0’78 0’67 0’50 0’24
maximum transverse width decreases; the reduction
being up to about half the value, if the structure is only 15 0.82 O-72 0’55 0.24
three times higher than its width. Vortex shedding 20 0’85 0’75 0’59 0’24
need not be considered if the ratio of length to maxi- 0’88 0’79 0’64 0’34
30
mum transverse width is less than 2’0.
50 0.93 0’85 0’70 0’45
8. GUST FACTOR ( GF ) OR GUST EFFEC- 100 0’99 0.92 0.79 0.57
TIVENESS FACTOR ( GEF ) METHOD 150 1’03 0’96 0.81 0’64
200 1.06 1’00 0.88 0.68
8.1 Application - Only the method of calculat-
250 l-08 1.02 0.91 0.72
ing load along wind or drag load by using gust
factor method is given in the code since methods 300 1’09 1.04 0’93 o-74
for calculating load across-wind or other compon- 350 1’11 1’06 0’95 0’77
ents are not fully matured for all types of struc- 400 1’12 1.07 0’97 0’79
tures. However, it is permissible for a designer to 450 1.13 1’08 0.98 081
use gust factor method to calculate all compon- 500 1’14 1’09 o-99 0.82
ents of load on a structure using any available
theory. However, such a theory must take into
account the random nature of atmospheric wind 8.3 Along Wind Load - Along wind load on a
speed. structure on a strip area ( A, ) at any height (2)
is given by:
NOTE - It may be noted that investigations for
various types of wind induced oscillations outlined in 7 F z- - Ci A, j& G
are in no way related to tRe use of gust factor method
given in 8 although the study of 7 is needed for using where
gust factor method. F, = along wind load on the structure at
8.2 Hourly Mean Wind - Use of the existing any height z corresponding to strip area
theories of gust factor method require a knowl- &
edge of maximum wind speeds averaged over one Ct = force coefficient for the building,
hour at a particular location. Hourly mean wind
A e = effective frontal area considered for the
speeds at different heights in different terrains is
structure at height c,
given in Table 33.
Pz = design pressure at height z due to hourly
NOTE - It must also be recognized that the ratio mean wind obtained as 0.6 vzs ( N/ma ),
of hourly mean wind [ HMW ) to peak speed given in
Table 33 may not be obtainable in India since extreme
wind occurs mainly due to cyclones and thunderstorms,
G , and is
unlike in UK and Canada where the mechanism is
given by:
fully developed pressure system. However Table 33
may be followed at present for the estimation of the
hourly mean wind speed till more reliable values G= 1 +gfr B (l+b)” + ‘$1
become available.

49
IS : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987 .

where S = size reduction factor ( see Fig. 10 ),

& = peak factor defined as the ratio of the
expected peak value to the root mean E = measure of available energy in the wind
value of afluctuating load, and stream at the natural frequency of the
structure ( see Fig. 11 ),
Y = roughness factor which is dependent on
the size of the structure in relation to /3= damping coefficient ( as a fraction of
the ground roughness. critical damping ) of the structure ( see
The, value of (gfr’ is given in Fig. 8, Table 34 ), and
B = background factor indicating a measure
of slowly varying component of fluctuat- grr 0-
d= 4 and is to be accounted only
ing wind load and is obtained from
Fig. 9, for buildings less than 75 m high in
terrain Category 4 and for buildings .less
SE
-e measure of the resonant component of the than 25 m high in terrain Cateiory 3,
P and is to be taken as zero in all other
fluctuating wind load, cases.

BUILDING HEIGHT,m

Fro 8 VALUES OF&r AND L (h)

0.8
0.6

0.01 -02 -04 .06 .l .2 .3 .L .5 .f! 1 2 6 810

CZh/L(h)

F1o.9 BACKGROUND FACTOR B

50
IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

0.2
W
$ 0.15

0
c 0 .!
LI
Q
lL

gJ 0.05
“, O.OL
= 0.03

‘; 0.02

2
0.01

fo L(h:/vh

Fro. 11 GUST ENERGYFACTOR, E

In figures 8 to 11,
TABLE 34 SUGGESTED VALUES OF DAMPING
COEFFICIENT
( Clause 8.3 )
N ATUBE 0~ STRIJCTURE DAMPING
where COEFFICIENT, @

c, = lateral correlation constant which may (1) (2)

be taken as 10 in the absence of more Welded steel structures 0’010
precise load data, Bolted steel structures 0’020
Reinforced concrete structures 0’016
Ca = longitudinal correlation constant
which may be taken as 12 in the
8.3.1 The peak acceleration along the wind
absence of more precise load data,
direction at the top of the structure is given by
b = breadth of a structure normal to the the following formula:
wind stream,
h = height of a structure,
where
.pb = v, = hourly mean wind speed at height t,
z== mean deflection at the position
f,, = natural frequency of the structure, and
where the acceleration is required.
Lul) = a measure of turbulence length scale Other notations are same as given
( see Fig. 9 ). in 8.3.

52
 IS t 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

APPENDIX A
( Clause 5.2 )

BASIC WIND SPEED AT 10 m HEIGHT FOR SOME IMPORTANT CITIES/TOWNS

City/Town Basic Wind S’eed ( m/s ) City/Town Basic Wind Speed ( m/s )
Agra 47 Jhansi 47
Ahmadabad 39 Jodhpur 47
Ajmer 47 Kanpur 47
Almora 47 Kohima 44
Amritsar 47 Kurnool 39
Asansol 47 Lakshadweep 39
Aurangabad 39 Lucknow 47
Bahraich 47 Ludhiana 47
Bangalore 33 Madras 50
Barauni 47 Madurai 39
Bareilly 47 Mandi 39
Bhatinda 47 Mangalore 39
Bhilai 39 Moradabad 47
Bhopal 39 Mysore 33
Bhubaneshwar 50 Nagpur 44
Bhuj 50 Nainital 47
Bikaner 47 Nasik 39
Bokaro 47 Nellore 50
Bombay 44 Panjim 39
Calcutta 50 Patiala 47
Calicut 39 Patna 47
Chandigarh 47 Pondicherry 50
Coimbatore 39 Port Blair 44
Cuttack 50 Pune 39
Darbhanga 55 Raipur 39
Darjeeling 47 Rajkot 39
Dehra Dun 47 Ranchi 39
Roorkee 39
Delhi 47
R ourkela 39
Durgapur 47
Simla 39
Gangtok 47
Srinagar 39
Gauhati 50
Surat 44
Gaya 39
Tiruchchirrappalli 47
Gorakhpur 47 Trivandrum 39
Hyderabad 44 Udaipur 47
Imphal 47 Vadodara 44
Jabalpur 47 Varanasi 47
Jaipur 47 Vi jaywada 50
Ja.mshedpur 47 Visakhapatnam 50

53
IS a 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

APPENDIX B
[ Clau.se5.3.2.4(b)(ii) ]
CHANGES IN TERRAIN CATEGORIES

B-1. LOW TO HfGH NUMBER determined in accordance with the rougher

( more distant ) terrain; and
B-l.1 In cases of transition from a low category
number ( corresponding to a low terrain rough- b) Below height h,, the velocity shall be taken
ness ) to a higher category number ( correspond- as the lesser of the following:
ing to a rougher terrain ), the velocity profile i) that determined in accordance with the
over the rougher terrain shall be determined as less rough terrain, and
follows:
ii) the velocity at height h, as determined.
a) Below height h,, the velocities shall be in relation to the rougher terrain.
determined in relation to the rougher
terrain; and NOTE - Examples of determination of velocity
profiles in the vicinity of a change in terrain category
b) Above height h,, the velocities shall be are shown in Fig. 12A and 12B.
determined in relation to the less rough
( more distant ) terrain. B-3. MORE THAN O&E CATEGORY
B-2. HIGH TO LOW NUMBER B-3.1 Terrain changes involving more than one
B-2.1 In cases of transition from a more rough to category shall be treated in similar fashion to
a less rough terrain, the velocity profile shall be that described in B-1 and B-2.
determined as follows:
NOTE’- Examplesinvolvingthree terrain catego-
a) Above height h,, the velocities shall be riesare shownin Fig. 12C.

x,=FETCH,h, = HEIGHT FOR CATEGORY 4

-..,. e PROFILE FOR CATEGORY6

-----. PROFILE FOR CATEGORY 2
- DESIGN PROFILE AT A

WIND
DIRECTION

CATEGORY 2

12A Determination of Velocity Profile Near a Change in Terrain Category ( less rough to more rough )

x2=FETCH, h2=HEIGHT FOR CATEGORY 2

..--..PROFILE FOR CATEGORY .4

L
- --- PROFILE FOR CATEGORY 2 I
I
-DESIGN PROFILE AT A I I

WIND
DIRECTION
/
/

128 Determination
CATEGORY

of Velocity
L
I-- x2 -*
CATEGdRY

PioRle Near a Change in Terrain Category (more rough to less rough)

2

Fro. 12 VELOCITY PROFILEIN THE VICIIVITYOF A CHANGE IN TERRAIN CATEGORY - Co&

54
 ISt875(Part3)-1387

q,=FETCH, h&-HEIGHT FOR CATEGORY 4

x,=FETCH, h,=HEIGHT FOR CATEGORY 1

. . . .. . . . VELOCITY PROFILE FOR CATEGORY L

---__ VELOCITY PROFILE FOR CATEGORY 3
_._. - VELOCITY PROFILE FOR CATEGORY 1
- DESIGN PROFILE

VELOCITY VELOCITY VELOCITY

12C Determination of Design Profile Involving More Than One Change in Terrain Category
FIG. 12 VELOCITYPROFILEIN THE VICINITYOF A CHANGE IN TERRAIN CATEGORY

APPENDIX C
( Clause5.3.3.1 )

EFFECT OF A CLIFF OR ESCARPMENT ON EQUIVALENT HEIGHT

ABOVE GROUND ( kJ FACTOR )

C-l. The influence of the topographic feature is < - effective height of the feature, and
considered to extend l-5 L, upwind add 2.5 Le 6 = upwind slope in the wind direction.
downwind of the summit of crest of the feature If the zone downwind from the crest of the
where L, is the effective horizontal length of the feature is relatively flat ( 8 < 3” ) for a distance
hill depending on slope as indicated below ( SCG exceeding L,, then the feature should be treated
Fig. 13 ): as an escarpment. If not, then the feature should
be treated as a hill or ridge. Examples of typical
features are given in Fig. 13.
NOTE 1 - No difference is made, in evaluating k,
between a three dimensional hill and two dimensional
ridge.
NOTE 2 -In undulating terrain, it is often not
possible to decide whether the local topography to the
site is significant in therms of wind flow. In such cases,
where the average value of the terrain upwind of the site for
a distance of 5 km should be taken as the base level
L = actual length of the upwind slope in from wind to assess the height, z, and the upwind slope
the wind direction, 8, of the feature.

55
C-2. TOPOGRAPHY FACTOR, ks level and the distance, X, from the summit or
crest rektive to the effective length, LB.
The topography factor kB is given by the
following:
C-2.1 The factor, s, should be determined from:
ks - I+ es
where C has the following values: a) Figure 14 for cliffs and escarpments, and

Slope C b) Figure 15 for hills and ridges.

3” < 8 ( 17O 1.2 NOTE- Where the downwind alope of a hill or

( z > ridge is greater than 3’, there will be large regions of
> 170 0.36 reduced acceleratioos or even shelter and it is not
posrible to give general design rules to cater for these
and s is a factor derived in accordance with C-2.1 circumstances. Values of s from Fig. 15 may be used as
appropriate to the height, H above mean ground upper bound values.

13A General Notations

CREST
WIND

DOWNWIND SLOPE ,3’

136 Cliff and Escarpment

WIND CREST

13C Hill and Ridge

FIG. 13 TOPOGRAPHICAL DIMENSIONS

 Is : 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

CREST CREST __

UPWIND x DOWNWIND 21
Le Le

Fro.14 FACTOR JFOR CLIFF AND ESCARPMENT

CREST CREST

0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5’

UPWIND x DOWNWIND 2
LI LC
FIG. 15 FACTOR JFOR RIDGE AND HILL

APPENDIX D
[ Clauses6.3.2.2, 6.3.3.2(c) and 6.3.3 3(b) ]

WIND FORCE ON CIRCULAR SECTIONS

D-1. The wind force on any object is given by:
F = Ct &AI
where
ci e force coefficient,
A, P effective area of the object normal to
the wind direction, and
Pa p: design pressure of the wind.
For most shapes, the force coefficient remains
approximately constant over the whole range of
wind speeds likely to be encountered. However,
for objects of circular cross-section, it varies con-
siderably.
For a circular section, the force coefficient
depends upon the way in which the wind flows
around it and’is dependent upon the velocity and
kinematic’viscosity of the wind and diameter of
the section. The force coefficient is usually quoted
against a non-dimensional parameter, called the
Reynolds number, which takes account of the

57
IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987
veloci:y and viscosity of the flowing medium ( in
this case the wind ), and the member diameter.
DVa
Reynolds number, R, = -
‘I
where
D = diameter of the member,
Vd - design wind speed, and
y - kinematic viscosity of the air which
is 146 X lO_sms s at 15°C and standard
atmospheric pressure.
Since in most natural environments likely to
be found in India, the kinematic viscosity of the
air is fairly constant, it is convenient to use
D Vd as the parameter instead of Reynolds num-
bers and this has been done in this code.
The dependence of a circular section’s force
coefficient or Reynolds number is due to the
change in the wake developed behind the body.
At a low Reynolds number, the wake is as
shown in Fig. 16 and the force coefficient is typi-
cally 1.2. As Reynolds number is increased, the
wake gradually changes to that shown in Fig. 17,
that is, the wake width d, decreases and the
separation point, S, moves from front to the back
of tbe body.
FIG. 16 WAKE IN SUBCRITICAL FLOW
58
FIG. 17 WAKE IN SURERCRITICALFLOW
As a result, the force coefficient shows a rapid
drop at a critical value of Reynolds number,
followed by a gradual rise as Reynolds number is
increased still further.
The variation of Cr with parameter DVd is
shown in Fig. 5 for infinitely long circular cylin-
ders having various values of relative surface
roughness ( t/D ) when subjected to wind having
an intensity and scale of turbulence typical of
built-up urban areas. The curve for a smooth
cylinder ( t/D ) = 1 x 10-s in a steady air-
stream, as found in a low-turbulence wind tunnel,
is shown for comparison.
It can be seen that the main effect of free-
stream turbulence is to decrease the critical value
of the parameter D V a. For subcritical flows, tur-
bulence can produce a considerable reduction
in Cr below the steady air-stream values. For
supercritical flows, this effect becomes significantly
smaller.
If the surface of the cylinder is deliberately
roughened such as by incorporating flutes, rivett-
ed construction, etc. then the data given in Fig. 5
for appropriate value of t/D > 0 shall be used.
NOTE - In case of uncertainty regarding the value
of c to be used for small roughnesses, c/D shall be
ta4en a5 0’001.
.,

Bureau of Indian Standards

BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promote
harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking-and quality certification of goods and
attending to.connected matters in the country.

Copyright

BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form
without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of
implementing the standard, of necessary details, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.
Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publication), BIS.

Review of Indian Standards

Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed
periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are
needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards
should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue
of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards Monthly Additions’

Amendments Issued Since Publication

Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telegrams: Manaksanstha
Telephones: 323 0131,323 33 75,323 94 02 (Common to all offices)
Regional Offices: Telephone
Central : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 3237617,3233841
NEW DELHI 110002
Eastern : l/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola { 337 84
86 99,337 85
9120
61
CALCUITA 700054 26,337
Northern : SC0 335-336, Sector 34-A, CHANDIGARH 160022
{ 60 38
20 43
25
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113
{ 235 02
15 19,235
16,235 04
23 42
15
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) 832 92 95,832 78 58
MUMBAI 400093 832 78 91,832 78 92
Branches : AI-IMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR.
COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD: GUWAHATI.
HYDERABAD. JAIPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.
PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
Printed at Dee Kay Printers, New Delhi, India
 IS I 875 ( Part 3 ) - 1987

CONTENTS
Page
j 3
5
5

AMENDMENT NO. 1 DECEMBER 1997 6

TO 7
IS 875 ( Part 3 ) : 1987 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR 7
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE) FOR 7
BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES 8
PART 3 WIND LOADS 8

( Second Revision ) 8
8
( Page 15, Tabk 4, first column ) - Substitute 12
‘It ‘h 12
- 26’ for - P CD’
13
( Page 40, Tablz 23, first rfolumn, first row ) - Substitute ‘See also 13
Appendix D’ for ‘See alsoAppendix C’.
13
( Page 47, Table 32, coZ2 ) - Substitute 13
‘DVd 2 6 m2/s7 for ‘Dvd 4 6 ~1~1s’. 13
13
27
36
(CED37)
37
37
38
47
47
48
48
49
49
49
19
*9

53
Printed at Dee Kay Printers, New Delhi-110015, India.
54

j5
57
 AMENDMENT NO. 2 MARCH 2002
TO
IS S75 ( PART 3 ) :1987 CODE OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE) FOR
BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART 3 WIND LOADS

(Second Revision )

Substitute ‘VZ’ for’ Vd’ at all places.

( Tables 5,6,7 and 8 ) — Insert the following Note at the end of each table
‘NOTE — W and L are overall length and width including overhangs, w and / are
dimensionsbetween the walls excluding overhangs.’

( Tables 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14, first column) — Substitute the following
matter in the Iast row for the specific values of 6 given therein:
‘for all values of (3‘
[ Page 27, clause 6.2.2.7(a)] — Insert at the end ‘downwards’.
[ Page 27, clause 6.2.2.8(a)] — Substitute ‘-O.8’~or ‘0.8’.
[ Page 27, clause 6.2.2.8(b)] — Substitute ‘-O.5’~or ‘0.5’.
( Page 27, clause 6.2.2.9) — Substitute ‘P= 0.785 D2 (Cpi - CpC)pd’ for the
existing formula.
( Page 32, Table 19) — Substitute ‘P= 0.785 D2 (WI - C@pd for the existing
formula.
( Page 46, Table 27, third row) — Substitute CDVd <6 m2Ls’ fQrthe existing.
( Page 46, Table 28,CO12, second row) — Substitute ‘1.8’ for ‘1.0’.
( Page 46, clause 6.3.3.3, formula, last line) — Substitute

( Area.of the frame in a supercritical flow )

Y = for the existing.
Ae

[ Page 47, clause 7.l(a), third line] — Substitute ‘or’ for ‘and’.
1
 ...

Amend No. 2 to 1S 875 ( Part 3 ) :1987

[ Page 48, clause 7.l(b),first line ] — Delete ‘clcxs4’; ‘ ‘

( Page 48, clause 7.1, fourth and fifih line ) — Substitute ‘satisfies’ for ‘does
not satisfy’.
( Page 55, clause C-1, second line) — Substitute ‘and’ for ‘add’.
( Page 56, clause C-2, last line) — Insert ‘~,between ‘crest’ and ‘relative’.
( Page 56, Fig. 13A) — Substitute the following figure for the existing:
—

WIND 5—
2 .,+$)
A
r &

‘f’/ —x ,->
L
5km
w
-W LWW IND + w DOWNWIND

13A GeneralNotetlons

( Page 56, Fig. 13B ) — Substitute ‘Hill and Ridge’

— for ‘Cliff and
Escarpment’.
( Page 56, Fig. 13C ) — Substitute ‘Cliff and Escarpment’,for ‘Hill and
‘Ridge’.
( Page 58, clause D-1, eighth line) — Substitute ‘m2/s’~or ‘m2s’

( CED 57 )

ReprographyUnir, BIS, New Delhi, India

2
इंटरनेट मानक

Disclosure to Promote the Right To Information

Whereas the Parliament of India has set out to provide a practical regime of right to
information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities,
in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority,
and whereas the attached publication of the Bureau of Indian Standards is of particular interest
to the public, particularly disadvantaged communities and those engaged in the pursuit of
education and knowledge, the attached public safety standard is made available to promote the
timely dissemination of this information in an accurate manner to the public.

“जान1 का अ+धकार, जी1 का अ+धकार” “प0रा1 को छोड न' 5 तरफ”

Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan Jawaharlal Nehru
“The Right to Information, The Right to Live” “Step Out From the Old to the New”

IS 875-4 (1987): Code of Practice For Design Loads (Other

Than Earthquake) For Buildings And Structures, Part 4: Snow
Loads [CED 37: Structural Safety]

“!ान $ एक न' भारत का +नम-ण”

Satyanarayan Gangaram Pitroda
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”

“!ान एक ऐसा खजाना > जो कभी च0राया नहB जा सकता ह”

है”
ह
Bhartṛhari—Nītiśatakam
“Knowledge is such a treasure which cannot be stolen”
 IS : 875 ( Part 4 ) - 1987
( Reaffirmed 2003
( Reaffirmed 1997 ))
Indian Standard
CODE OF PRACTICE,FOR
DESIGN LOADS ( OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE )
FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART 4 SNOW LOADS

(Second
.
Revision)
Fourtll Rcprjnt OCTOBER 1997

UDC 624.042-42 : 006.7

@ Copyright 1988
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
MANAK BHAVAN, 9 BAHADUR SHAH ZAFAR MARG
NEW DELHI 110002
Gr 4 October 1988

fndian Standard
CODEOFPRACTICE FOR
DESIGNLOADS(OTHERTHANEARTHQUAKE)
FORBUILDINGSAND STRUCTURES r.
PART 4 SNOW LOADS
(Second Revision)
0. F O R E W O R D
0.1 This Indian Standard ( Part4 ) ( Second
Revision ) was adopted by the Bureau of Indian
Standards on 9 November 1987, after the draft
finalized by the Structural Safety Sectional
Committee had been approved by the Civil
Engineering Division Council.
0.2 A building has to perform many functions
satisfactorily. Amongst these functions are the
utility of the building for the intended use and
occupancy. structural safety, fire safety; and
compliance with hygienic, sanitation, ventilation
and daylight standards. The design of the build-
ing is dependent upon the minimum requirements
prescribed for each of the above functions. The
minimum requirements pertaining to the structural
safety of buildings are being covered in this Code
by way of laying down minimum design loads which
have to be assumed for dead loads, imposed loads,
wind loads, snow loads and other external loads,
the structure would be required to bear. Strict
conformity to loading standards recommended in
this Code, it is hoped, will not only ensure the
structural safety of the buildings which are being
designed and constructed in the country and
thereby reduce the hazards to life and property
caused by unsafe structures, but also eliminate the
wastage caused by assuming unnecessarily heavy
loadings. Notwithstanding what is stated regarding
the structural safety of buildings, the application of
the provisions should be carried out by compe-
tent and responsible structural designer who would
satisfy himself that the structure designed in
accordance with this code meets the desired
performance requirements when the same is
carried out according to specifications.
0.3 This Code was first published in 1957 for the
guidance of civil engineers, designers and archi-
tects associated with the planning and design of
buildings. It included the provisions for the
basic design loads ( dead loads, live loads, wind
loads and seismic loads ) to be assumed in the
design of buildings. In its first revision in 1964,
the wind pressure provisions were modified on
the basis of studies of wind phenomenon and its
effects on structures undertaken by the special
1
IS:875(Bart4)-1987
committee in consultation with the Indian Meteo-
rological Department. In addition to this, new
clauses on wind loads for butterfly type structures
were included; wind pressure coefficients for
sheeted roofs, both curved and sloping, were
modified; seismic load provisions were deleted
( separate code having been prepared ) and metric
system of weights and measurements was adopted.
0.3.1 With the increased adoption of the Code,
a number of comments were received on the pro-
visions on live load values adopted for different
occupancies. Simultaneously live loads surveys
have been carried out in America, Canada and
other countries to arrive at realistic live loads
based on actual determination of loading( mov-
able and immovable ) in different occupancies.
Keeping this in view and other developments in
the field of wind engineering, the Sectional Com-
mittee responsible for the preparation of this
standard has decided to prepare the second
revision in the following five parts:
Part 1 Dead Loads
Part 2 Imposed Loads
Part 3 Wind Loads
Part 4 Snow Loads
Part 5 Special Loads and Load Combinations
Earthquake load is covered in IS : 1893-1984*
which should be considered along with the above
loads.
0.3.2 This part ( Part 4 ) deals with snow loads
on roofs of buildings.
The committee responsible for the prepara-
tion of the code while reviewing the available
snow-fall data, felt the paucity of data on which
to make specific recommendations on the depth
of ground snow load for different regions effected
by snow-fall, In due course the characteristic
*Criteria for earthquake resistant designing of strue-
trues (fourth revision ).
IS:875(Part4)-1987

snow load on ground for different regions will ‘Basis for design of structures - Determination
be included based on studies. of snow loads on roofs’, issued by the Interna-
tional Organization for Standardization.
0.4 This part is based on IS0 4355-198 1 ( E )

1. SCOPE where
1.1 This standard (Part 4) deals with snow loads s = design snow load in Pa on plan area
on roofs of buildings. Roofs should be designed of roof,
for the actual load due to snow or for the &posed p = shape coefficient ( see 4), and
loads specified in Part 2 Imposed loads, whichever
is more severe. so = ground snow load in Pa
( 1 Pa = lN/ma ).
NOTB - Mountainous regions in northern parts of NOTE - Ground snow load at any place depends on
India are subjected to snow-fall. the critical combinati.m of the maximum depth of un-
In India, parts of Jammu and Kashmir ( Baramulah disturbed aggregate cumulative snow-fall and its
District, Srinagar District, Anantnag District and average density. In due course the characteristic snow
Ladakh District ); Punjab, Himachal Pradesh load on ground for different regions will be included
( Chamba, Kulu, Kinnaur District, Mahasu District, based on studies. Till such time the users of this
Mandi District, Sirmur District and Simla District ); standard are advised to contanct either Snow and
and Uttar Pradesh ( Dehra Dun District, Tehri Garhwal Avalanches Study Establishment ( Defence Research
District, Almora District and Nainital District ) experi- and Development Organization ) Manali ( HP) or
ence snow-fall of varying depths two to three times in Indian Meteorological Department ( IMD ), Pune in
a year. the absence of any specific information for any
location.
2. NOTATIONS 4. SHAPE COEFFICIENTS
p ( Dimensionless) - Nominal values of the 4.1 General Principles
shape coefficients, tak-
ing into account snow In perfectly calm weather, falling snow would
drifts, sliding snow, cover roofs and the ground with a uniform blanket
etc, with subscripts, if of snow and the design snow load could be consi-
necessary. derd as .a uniformly distributed load. Truly uni-
form loading conditions, however, are rare and
Ij ( in metres ) - Horizontal dimensions have usually only been observed in areas that are
with numerical sub- sheltered on all sides by high trees, buildings, etc.
scripts, if necessary. In such a case, the shape coefficient would be
equal to untiy.
hj ( in metres ) - Vertical dimensions
with numerical sub- In most regions, snow falls are accompanied
. scripts, if necessary. or followed by winds. The winds will redistribute
the snow and on some roofs, especially multi-
fii (in degrees) - Roof slope. level roofs, the accumulated drift load may reach
a multiple of the ground load. Roofs which are
so (in pascals ) - Snow load on ground. sheltered by other buildings, vegetation, etc, may
collect more snow load than the ground level.
SI ( in pascals ) - Snow load on roofs. The phenomenon is of the same nature as that
illustrated for multilevel roofs in 4.2.4.
3. SNOW LOAD IN ROOF (S) So far sufficient data are not available to deter-
mine the shape coefficient in a statistical basis.
3.1 The minimum design snow load on a roof Therefore, a nominal value is given. A representa-
area or any other area above ground which is tive sample of rcof is shown in 4.2. However, in
subjected to snow accumulation is obtained by special cases such as strip loading, cleaning of the
multiplying the snow load on ground, s, by the roof periodically by deliberate heating of the roof,
shape coefficient CL, as applicable to the particular etc, have to be treated separately.
roof area considered.
The distribution of snow in the direction
S=c(S0 parallel to the eaves is assumed to be uniform.

2
4.2 Shape Coefficients for Selected Types of Roofs
4.2.1 Simple Flat and Simple Pitched Roofs
Monopitch Roofs (Positive Roof Slope)*

t+.= p, =O.%
p, = 0.8 t'2~=0.8+04(~)
jL, =0*8

4.2.2 Simple or Multiple Pitched Roofs Two-Span or Multispan

(Negative Roof Slope) Roofs

E
o*<p<3l
Pl**

3&#<6

49>60* pp1-6
m-0

l For.asymmetrical simple Pitched roofs, each side of the roof shall be treated as me half of corresponding
symmetwal roofs.
3
Is:875(Partl)-1987

4.2.3 Simple Curved Roofs

The following cases 1 and 2 must be examined:

CASE 2

Restriction:
h<F3
a-OifB>60’

4
 Is:875(Part4)-1987
4.2.4 Multilevel Roofs*

91 = 0’8
Bs = Ps + Pa
where
A - due to sliding
pw - due to wind
1, 2ht but is restricted as follows:
=
SmCls<lSm
11 + f, < kh
PW=T -
SO

with the restriction 0.8 < pw ( 4’0

where
h is in metres
so is in kilopascals ( kilonewtons per square metre )
k =2kN/m8
p > 19” : ps is determined from an additional load amounting to SO percent of the maximum total load on the
adjacent slope of the upper roofs, and is distributed linearly as shown on the figure.
B < 15” : ps = 0

*A more extensive formula for pw is described in Appendix A.

tlf 1~ < I,. the coe5cient p is determined by interpolation between JJ, and ps.
SThe load on the upper roof is calculated according to 4.2.1 or 4.2.2.

5
4.25 Complex Multilevel Roofs

1, - 2h1: h - 2h,: p1 - 0’8

Restriction:
Sm< I,< Urn;
Sm<b<lSm;
11 and BW ( ccl + @W ), are calculated according to 4.2.1,4.2.2 and 4.2.4.

6

4.2.6 Roofs with Local Projections and Obstructions
where
/I is in metres
sO is in kilopascals (kilonewtons per square metre)
k I= 2 kN/ma
/I1 = 0.8
1=2/l
Kestrictions:
0’8 < /Ia < 2-O
Sm41615m
4.3 Shape Coefficients in Areas Exposed to Wind
The shape coefficients given in 4.2 and Appen-
dix A may be reduced by 25 percent provided the
designer has demonstrated that the following con-
ditions are fulfilled:
4 The building is located in an exposed
location such as open level terrain with
only scattered buildings, trees or other
obstructions so that the roof is exposed
to the winds on all sides and is ndt
likely to become shielded in the future
by obstructions higher than the roof
within a distance from the building equal
to ten times the height of the obstruction
above the roof level;
b) The roof does not have any significant
projections such as parapet walls which
may prevent snow from being blown off
the roof.
NOTE - In some areas, winter climate may not be
of such a nature as to produce a significant reduction
of roof loads from the snow load on the ground. These
areas are:
7
I.S:875(Part4)-1987
a) Winter calm valleys in the mountains where some-
times layer after layer of snow accumulates on
roofs without any appreciable removal of snow by
wind; and
b) Areas (that is, high temperature) where the maxi-
mum snow load may be the result of single snow-
storm, occasionally without appreciable wind
removal.
In such areas, the determination of the shape coeffi-
cients shall be based on local experience with due
regard to the likelihood of wind drifting and sliding.
5. ICE LOAD ON WIRES
5.1 Ice loads are required to be taken into account
in the design of overhead electrical-transmission
and communication lines, over-head contact lines
for electric traction, aerial masts and similar
structures in zones subjected to ice formation.
The thickness of ice deposit alround may be taken
to be between 3 and 10 mm depending upon the
location of the structure. The mass density of
ice may be assumed to be equal to O-9 g/cm”.
While considering the wind force on wires and
cables, the increase in diameter due to ice forma-
tion shall be taken into consideration.
IS:875(Part4)-1987
APPENDIX A
( Clauses 42.4 and 4.3 )
SHAPE COEFFICIENTS FOR MULTILEVEL ROOFS
A more comprehensive formula for the shape coefficient for multilevel roofs than that
given in 4.2.4 is as follows:
OIRECTIONS
-- WIN0

Pr -1+ + ( ml iI + mI 1, )( 1, - 2 h )

Cl = 0’8
i,=hh
fh and I being in metres)
Restriction :

where
so is in kilopascals (kilonewtons per square metre)
k is in newtons per cubic metre
I,< ISm
Values of m, ( mr ) for the higher ( lower ) roof depend on its profile and are taken as equal to:
0.5 for plane roofs with slopes @ < 20’ and vaulted roofs with f< +-

0’3 for plane roofs with slopes p > 20” and vaulted roofs with f >$
The coefficients m, and ma may be adjusted to take into account conditions for transfer of snow on the roof
surface ( that is, wind, temperature, etc. ).
NOTE - The other condition of loading also shall be tried.
Bureau of Indian Standards

BIS is a statutory institution established under the Bureau of Indian Standards Act, 1986 to promote
harmonious development of the activities of standardization, marking and quality certification of goods and
attending to connected matters in the country.

Copyright

BIS has the copyright of all its publications. No part of these publications may be reproduced in any form
without the prior permission in writing of BIS. This does not preclude the free use, in the course of
implementing the standard, of necessary detaik, such as symbols and sizes, type or grade designations.
Enquiries relating to copyright be addressed to the Director (Publication), BIS.

Review of Indian Standards

Amendments are issued to standards as the need arises on the basis of comments. Standards are also reviewed
periodically; a standard along with amendments is reaffirmed when such review indicates that no changes are
needed; if the review indicates that changes are needed, it is taken up for revision. Users of Indian Standards
should ascertain that they are in possession of the latest amendments or edition by referring to the latest issue
of ‘BIS Handbook’ and ‘Standards Monthly Additions’.

Amendments Issued Since Publication

Amend No. Date of Issue Text Affected

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS

Headquarters:
Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg, New Delhi 110002 Telegrams: Manaksanstha
Telephones: 323 0131,323 33 75,323 94 02 (Common to all offices)
Regional Offices: Telephone
C e n t r a l : Manak Bhavan, 9 Bahadur Shah Zafar Marg 323 76 17,323 38 41
NEW DELHI 110002
E a s t e r n : l/14 C.I.T. Scheme VII M, V.I.P. Road, Maniktola 337 84 99,337 85 61
CALCUTTA 700054 337 86 26,337 9120
Northern : SCO.335336, Sector 34-A CHANDIGARH 160022 60 38 43
1 60 20 25
Southern : C.I.T. Campus, IV Cross Road, CHENNAI 600113 235 02 16,235 04 42
1 235 15 19,235 23 15
Western : Manakalaya, E9 MIDC, Marol, Andheri (East) 832 92 95,832 78 58
MUMBAI 400093 { 832 78 91,832 78 92
Branches : AHMADABAD. BANGALORE. BHOPAL. BHUBANESHWAR.
COIMBATORE. FARIDABAD. GHAZIABAD. GUWAHATI.
HYDERABAD. JAlPUR. KANPUR. LUCKNOW. NAGPUR.
PATNA. PUNE. THIRUVANANTHAPURAM.
Printed by Reprography Unit, BIS, New Delhi
इंटरनेट मानक

Disclosure to Promote the Right To Information

Whereas the Parliament of India has set out to provide a practical regime of right to
information for citizens to secure access to information under the control of public authorities,
in order to promote transparency and accountability in the working of every public authority,
and whereas the attached publication of the Bureau of Indian Standards is of particular interest
to the public, particularly disadvantaged communities and those engaged in the pursuit of
education and knowledge, the attached public safety standard is made available to promote the
timely dissemination of this information in an accurate manner to the public.

“जान1 का अ+धकार, जी1 का अ+धकार” “प0रा1 को छोड न' 5 तरफ”

Mazdoor Kisan Shakti Sangathan Jawaharlal Nehru
“The Right to Information, The Right to Live” “Step Out From the Old to the New”

IS 875-5 (1987): Code of Practice For Design Loads (Other

Than Earthquake) For Buildings And Structures, Part 5:
Special Loads And Combinations [CED 37: Structural Safety]

“!ान $ एक न' भारत का +नम-ण”

Satyanarayan Gangaram Pitroda
“Invent a New India Using Knowledge”

“!ान एक ऐसा खजाना > जो कभी च0राया नहB जा सकता ह”

है”
ह
Bhartṛhari—Nītiśatakam
“Knowledge is such a treasure which cannot be stolen”
 .8 : I7Il P. . I ) • till
( Reaffirmed 2003 )
Indian Standard
CODS OF PRAcrlCE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER mAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR. BUILDINGS AND STRUCfURBS
PART I ...ICtAL LOAD. AND CO••IIIATIOIl.

( Second R"ilion)
Fourtb Reprint NOVEMBER 1997

o CtllYrI,1II 1"3
IU •• AU or INDIAN ITA"D~.
MANAIt IllAYAN, 9 IWIADua SHAH IAMi auao
HlW DBLBJ 1I~

Gr 5
 11.175( ..... 5)-1117

Indian Standard
CODB OF PRACTICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHBR THAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUcrURBS
PART I 8PICIAL LOAD. AND LOAD CO••INATIONS

( Second Revision)
Structural Safety Sect10Dal Committee, BOO 37

c""'_a••
. . . Da L. V. URI.....
JIIIr""',,,
BDpDeu-ia-Cbilf'. Inacb, Army Headquarten•

D. K. G.
",.,-
a••,..
New Delbi

aharat H_yY BJectrical. Limited, Corporate

R.eaearda· "DlveJopmlal DivWoa.
Hyderabacl
SUI M. s. a....Ift. la ~ cajity (A-2/., S-J~-i.", Ewt.",
N. Ddlli
1D~""iD·Chilf·. Bruch, ~m'l H.adquarterl,
New Deihl
SIIaI 8. It. M.L.ftaA (~"",... )
D. S. C. C ft Ceatral BuildiD' a... earcb I.dtut. (CSla).
Roorke.
8. .1 A. DAft. ( AlwMII )
C.... E.. G. . . . . ( NDZ ) II Cutral Public Wor" Dlpartm.at. NIW Diliai
8V• •DS'JIIIDI•• 8uanTo. 0"
WO.D (NDZ) 11 (AI..... )
Da P. DAYU.UAII ladiu lutilatl of T.cbDoIOlY. Kupur
DB A. S. a..aAl ( A"""'")
DWU'i't M01IIu..... eo..&alI- Mualdpal Corporation of Gr.ater Bombay,
ona ( ) Bombay
Otri ( ..""".,. )
Daunoa ( CMDD-I ) Clalral Wac. CommiuiOD, New D.lhi
n.ton DDII01'Oa ( CUDD·l ) \~' )
U.,--oa A. M. 0001.8.. . IItloa 01. . . . . ( Iaclia ). Calcutta
hoI' D. N. Tam•• ( MurM,. )
(c_. .• 1M" 2 )
o c."""" 1988
BUR.lAU 0' INDIAN STANDARDS
TbIa pabllcadoll iI protected aad. the ,,,,,. C¥.1riIIIIA.' (XIV or 1957) aDd
repNCluctlaa i. wbole 01' ia part bJ aa, lD.au ••cept witb wrtttea permiaioa of the
publ........l he cI..... to be &II iaf......m.at of copyri,bc uaelercb. laid Act.
rs. 875 ( Part 5 ) • 1917
( c• .-".. /M,. I )
M..-, &"",,,,;,,,
aB.1 A. c. GOPTA Na,ioaal Tbwmal Power CorporatioD Ltd.
New Delhi
S.al P. S. . GUItTA Stfwarcaa.d Lloyd. of Ind.a Ltd. Calcutta
Sa.1 M. M. Gaol. (
SSa! G. B. JAB.GIRDAit
.411".', ) National Indultri.l DeveloplDeat CorporaliOD
Ltd, New D.lhl
J0 I Jf 'I' DI".CTOB ST£xDARDa MiD'ltry of Railway.
(8&8).CO
SRaI S. P. JO••1 Tata Coalu1tml EDliDlen. New Delhi
8. .1 A. P. MULL ( dl'''"G'')
8. .1 s. 1\. K1JL~ ••• 1 M. N. Dutur & Co. Calcutta
S••I S. N. PAL ( AI,,,•.,. )
5... H. N. MIS"" Fore. RI.arch IDititute aad Collere,_ Debra
DUD
8••1 R. K. PU.B~.I (
S8RI T. K. D.
Da C. R • .Jau...
M".... ~U""." )
EDliaeer. IDdia Ltd, New Delhi
Naeioaal Couaeil lor Cemeat It BuildiDI
Material •• New Delhi
Structur.1 EqiDeeria, &.Iearch c.atre ( aSlll ).
Madra
s••• M. V. D. . . . . . .ATBY ( AI",,,.,, )
SaRI T. N. SVBB4 a.o GammoQ India Ltd. Bombay
DB S. V. LOJl'EAB ( .41'",..',)
8•• 1 P. K. R~y
P. K. MUKS• •" • •
811ftl ( ) EDliaeerial AIaociation. Calcutta
AI,,,,,.,,ladiaD
5B.1 S. S. .aAB.lIIA. MiDistry or SurCac. TraDiport (Road. WiDI ).
New Delhi
SBBI S. P. CaAKBABOaTY \ AI,,,,,,,,, )
SBRI M. C. SHARMA Indian Meteorological DepartmeDt. New Delhi
SHltl K. S. SRllCJV AllAH National BuiJdinl1 OrsaaizatioD, New Delbi
SKRI A. K. LAL ( AII""." )
Sa.1 SU8BIL KUM.lB National DuildiDI ConltructioD CorporatioD Ltd.
New Delhi
SURr G. R~.A1f, Director GeIler.I, DIS (S.. . . MIIII6Ir )
Director ( Civ Eng, )
Sln,~
B. R.. NAa~YAlfA:r.j.
Saal
Deputy Director ( ely Enll ), DIS

( C••t;nru4 ." /NI,. 18 )

2
 AMENDMENT NO.1 DECEMBER 2006
TO
IS 875 (PART 5) : 1987 CODE OF PRAC'fICE FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES

PART 5 SPECIAL LOADS AND LOAD COMBINATIONS

( Second Revision )

(Page 9, clause 4.1, first para. last sentence) - Substitute the following
for the existing:

'The cracks usually propagate if the loading is CYClIC and repetitive '

(Page 9, clause 4.1, second para, line 1) - Substitute 'cyclic an-t

repetitive loading' for 'loading cycles'.

(Page 17, Note 4) - Insert the following matter at the end

'In case oflugh watertable, the effects ofbuoyancy have to be SUitably taken Into consrderauon '

(Page 17, Note 5) - Insert the following new note and renumber the
subsequent notes:

'NOTE .5 - In case of high water table, the factor of safety of 1 2 against uplift alone shall be
provided '

(CED 37)

ReprographyUnit, BI8, New Deihl. Incha

 III 175 ( Pan 5 ) • 1117

Indian Standard
CODB OF PRACTICB FOR
DESIGN LOADS (OTHER THAN EARTHQUAKE)
FOR BUILDINGS AND STRUCTURES
PART I SPECIAL LOADS AND LOAD CO••'NATIONS

( Second Revision)
o. rOREWORD
1.1 Thillndian Standard ( Part 5 ) ( Second Revilion) was adopted by
the Bureau of Indian Standard. on 31 Augult 1987, after the draft finaliz·
ed by the Structural Surty Sectional Committee had been approved by
the Civil Engineering Division Council.
8.2 A building has to perform many function•••tWac orily. Amongst
these function. are the utility of the buildinl for the intended use and
occupancy. Itructural .arety, fire I.fety; and compliance with hygienic,
-.-nitatioD, ventilation and day light standarda. The design of the building
it dependent upon the minimum requirements prescribed for each or the
above functions. The minimum requirements pertaining to the Itructural
.rety of buDding. are being covered in this code by way of laying down
minimum design load, which have to be UI,uned for dead loads. imposed
load., .now loads and other external load•• the .tnadure would be requir-
ed to bear. Strict conformity to loading standard. recommended in this
code, It it hoped, will not only ensure the structural safety of the buildinp
which are being designed and constructed in the country and thereby
reduce the hazards to life and property cauled by unsafe structure., but
allO eliminate the wastage caused by assuming unnecessarily heavy load-
inp. Notwith.tandiDg what is stated regarding the Itructural lardy of
buildings, the application of the provisions should be carried out by com-
petent and responsible Itnactural designer who would ..tisey himself that
the atructure designed in accordance with thi. code meet. the deslred
performance requirement. when the same i. carried out accordinl to
lpeci6cations.
0.3 Thi. standard code of practice wu fint pubWhtd in 1957 for the
rid.nee of civil engineen, designer. and architeet••uociated with plann-
IDI and design of building.. It included the proviSions for basic design
3
18 • 175 ( Part 5 ) • 1917

loads ( dead load., live loads, wind loads and seismic loads ) to be assumed
in the design of buildings. In its fint revision in 1964, the wind pressure
provisionl were modified on \be basis of ltudies of wind phenomenon and
ita effects on structuree, undertaken by the lpecial committee in consultation
with the Indian Meteorological Department. In addition to this, new
clauses on wind loads for butterfty type structures were included; wind
pressure coefficien tI for sheeted foofs both curved and sloping were modi-
fied; seismic load provisions were deleted (separate code having been
prepared ) and metric system of weights and measurements was adopted.
0.3.1 With the increased adoption of the code, a number of comments
were received on the provisions on live load valuel adopted for different
occupancies. Simultaneously live load .urvey. have been carried out in
America, Canada and other countries 10 arrive at reaJiltic live loads based
on actual determination of loading ( movable and immovable ) in
different occupancies. Keeping this in view and othtr developments in the
field of wind engineering. the committee responsible for the preparation of
the standard decided to prepare second revision in the following five parts:
Part 1 Dead load.
Part 2 Imposed loads
Pan 3 Wind loads
Part 4 Snow loads
Part 5 Special loads and load combiDatioDi.
Earthquake load is covered in a separate standard,. namely IS: 189S.
1984. which should be conaidered aloog with the above loads.
0.3.2 This code ( Part 5 ) deal. with loadiaDd load effects (other than
tbole covered in Parts 1 to 4, and seismic loads) due to temper-
ature changes, internally generating atresses (due to creep, shrinkage.
difFerential settlement, etc) in the buildiol. and its components, soil and
hydroltatic pressure. accidental load., etc. Thil part also includes go id-
ance on load combinatioDs.
0.4 The code has taken into account the prevailing practices in regard to
loadiDg standards followed in this country by the various municipal autho-
or
rities and haa alao taken note the developments in a number of countries
abroad. In the preparation of this code, the following national standards
have been examined:
a) National Building Code or
Canada ( 1977 ) Supplement No.4.
Canadian Structural Design Manual.

• Criteria for earthquake resiat.at delip or Itructuret ( '.11 '••Ji.. ).

4
 11.1'5 (Pan S) .11"
b) DS 410-1913 Oocle 01 practice for loacla for the detip of Itruet·
ura. DaDiIh StaDdarcla IDltitutiOD.
c) NZS 4203-1976 New Zealanel 8caDdarci Geoeral.truetura1 dalBD
aDd d~a 1oacIioS for buildiDI. Scuclardl AaIociatioa or New
Zeal_d.
d) ANSI A 58.1-1982 Americao Standard BuilcliDI code require-
me'D1i ror minJlD1"D daip loads in buildinp aDd other Itrueturel.

I. seOPB
1.1 Tbil cocle ( Part 5 } deals with loadl and load elrectl due to temper-
ature chan. ., soil aDd hydrOitatic F--a, iDtemaily leDeratiDl Itrella
( due to creep, .brink., difFerential lettlemellt, etc), accidental loacll
etc, to be cODilderecl in the daip or buildiap u appropriate. Tho part
abo include! pidance OR load combinatioDl. The nature of loada to be
cODIlderecl for • particular IituatloD iI to be baled on eqiDeeriDi
jwtgemeot.
2. TBtUBIlA.TmlB BnBaTl
2.1 ~OD and contractioD due to chaDp in teDI'perature or the
materials or • Itrueture .haD be coDliclered in deaipa. ~oviaioD shall be
made either to relieve \be Itraa by_provisioD or apanlioD/contraetloD
joints ill accordance wi&h IS : 3414-1968- or daisn the Itructure to carry
additiODai Itrellea due to temperature efFecu u appropriate to me
problem.
2.1.1 The temperature IUle van.. for different repoDi anel uncler
difFereD& diurnal aDd .MODai coDclidODL The ablolute muimum aDel
mlDlmum tem~.ure which may be expected ill difFerent localitiel in
the country are iDclicatecl iD Fis. 1 and 2 rapecdve!y. Tbae Ssw- may
be UIeCl r. pldance in III __I th. maximDlD varlatlODI or temperature.
2.1.2 The temP'!aturea iDdlcated in Fil. 1 aDd 2 are the air tempera-
tures i.D the Ibade. The~. of variadoll iD temperature or the buildiDI
materiall may be appredablf ~.ter or 1_ tbia the variation of air
temperature and illDlueDcecl by the coDdidon or apoaue aDd the rate at
wblaa the materlaJl compodDl the atructure ablOrb or radiate heat. Tbia
difFerezace ia temperature varladODi or the material and air mould be liveD
cl. couideradoD.
2.1.1 The Itructural ADalyU lDat take Into account: Ca) ch. . . of the
.... ( throuBh the aeetiOil ) temperature ill reladoD to the initial temper-
a " (1& ). aad (b) the temperature padient tbrOQlb the lecdoD.
-Code 01practice lor c1t11p aacI _talJadaD 01joiatl ill buD".

5
 7' .. . .. ,. .
---....
II
\
MAP Of INDIA
."\. .....
~~·I

lAID • MfA • 10 lUI IUIUII

If DeIA ~lQI,
-.a.-

l·lt--....;r~~\I--f~=t~~~:$r--+---tf . . .l l.
II
, ...,
\
Jr.J

.
•
II

I
I·
'"
I

II n 7. . ..
Tbl t.nit.ial waten or ladia at.DeI iDto tb. •• to. cliItaDc. or t••lve AaUtlcal .U•
..eAlllnd (rom tb. approprlat. bu. Iia••
Buecl upoa Sun.y or IDdia map witb tbl permlalloaor tbe Survey. 01 India. a.....
o Gov,.....lat of (Delia CoPYrllbt t 993
lteapoaalbillty f. the correctae. or latenal det.ila reatI with the pubillben.
FlO. 1 OaAaT SHOWING Hlo• ..,. MAxIMUM T.......TU••
6
 IS .I'J,( ..... ,) .. 1117

. .
-
7a 71 I
• ,a II
..... /'" "~
...
(---
~ ,,.' ....1AN8I_
MAP OF INOlA
t-.awas....- ec
.I
.','+ .
. ·,~::BII t4.",
~'l WD lilt D&1'& at 11 1'. IDIIUII
"DIDI&~

~I
DlrM1lDl
UDal ClDIIC&
-I.
~~ ,~""\,,, aa'llMUlllC

--
-'
7.' r: J 1:-.•
1'",i ~ •-!.-.
~- • S.I .I.~/O .~ S~ I
•
U ....
,.' .
...
- ~.-. J. k'.1TAMtAI ,..~
.r"&""
J'

~- u ~~---EP'"• I
-
~~

.-J. ".'). .~

~I~) J~::"~ 'MINIIl· ~ c.. .J~?o'9~~\~:.!-

"\ ,
!Sol.', •
J4,

-'.'" · ~ ~~ '/ ......,0-

r
.•...- .., / ~ \ U
.....f ,1'"
~ ,••- v-: .. ~7.,
~ ....,..~ ~\.
llc

\_~:: ~~ J .:.. It
10

;.:.".'--
~/- ( ~
~,

~
k~J .".,-
II.'
lJ •
-
I
I'

if
llM:IIIUM

~ ~V( •
~.~

I , -i- · -
15.0 I IUIAI 11
<:'.2
w\.
;;
II
~.
:\ : 17.~ ~~J "IS.'
I ~~
\\-
17.1
~.

• • 111 -~

. I

•
1Y- • \
II
• II

na, territorial -at. . of lad. mead lato tbe lea to • diataac. or t••l" ..utical mil•
......... froID Ib, approprIat. b... II...
.... Upoll SU"., or ladle map wilb Ih. perm.IIOD of tb, Surveyor 0 ....1 ollDCIIa.
o 00Yma1D_ oIll1d1a CoP,rllbt 1993
ll.poUbiUtr r. dI. conec'" or lllt....1 d.talll , .... wkla ab. pubU....
FIG. 2 CIlAltT SBOWllfG Low.rr MINIMUM TaUP•• ATO••

1
18 I 175 ( Pan 5 ) • 1117
2.1.1.1 It .hould be borne in mind that the change. of mean temper-
ature iD relatioD to the initial are liable to differ .. between one structural
element and aDotber in buildinp or Itrueturel. U (or example, between
the sternal wall. and the internal e1emeDti or • building_ The diatribulioD
of temperature through section of .inale-lear structural clementi may be
aDUmed linear for the purpose of analysia.
2.1.1.2 The effect of mean temperature chaapl and '. aDd the '1.
temperature gradients lit and u. in the hot and cold leuons for lingle-leaf
Itructural elementslhall be evaluated on the bail of ualytical principles_
NODI I - For ~rtloDi or the Itructun below pouDCIlevel, the YUiatloa or
temperature lI,eaenu, IlIIIplftcaDt. How..., dum. the period of C'OIIItructioD
whea the J»!)rtiolll 01 the Itructure are _POMd to weather el...eDta. adequate pro-
viaiOll aboUld be mad. to eacounter adyftle efFecti. it aDy-
NQII'II 2 - If it CaD be abowa by ••i_eriI:w prlDCipl••, or lr it II Down rroal
experience, that Delleet of lOme or all the etrectl 01 t~erature do not affect the
ItrUctural.arety uaelMrYlc••bllity. tbey Deed. be COIIIiClencl ia dftip.
3. HYDROSTATIO AND lOlL .aBI8UU
1.1 In the cleIip or.tructurelor partI of structure. below ground level,
luch a. retainiDI wall. and other walls in buemeDt 8oon. the prellUre
exerted by soil or water or both .hall be duly accounted for on tile bal.
of established theories. Due allowanee .hall be made for possible Iurcharge
from Itationary or moving load.. When • portion or whole or
the lOil i.
below the free water .unace. the lateral earth preuure Ihall be evaluated
for weilht of soi1dimini.hed by buoyancy aDd cbe Cull hydrostatic preaure.
3.1.1 AU found.tioD Ilabs and other (ootiDI' lubjected to water pres-
sure shall be deaigned to re.iat a uniformly diatributed up life equal to the
full hydrostatic pr_ure. Checking or overturning or foundation under
IUbmergecl condition shaD be done considering buoyant wei Ibt or
foundadoD.
3.2 While determining the lateral IOU preuure 011 column like structural
memben, Iuch u pinan which reat in a10piDl loila, the width of the
member shan be takeo u follow. ( I" Fig_ S ):
Aellull Wid" oj M"". RoIio ofEI"'i,. Wid" 10
Ae" Wit/"
Leu than 0-5 m S-O
Beyond O'5 m and up to 1 m 3-0 to 2-0
Beyond 1 m 2-0
The relieving pressure of loil in frollt of the Itructural member
coacerned may lenerally Dot be taken into account.

8
 II • 175 ( Put 5 ) • 1117

-,-
2' TO 3b
~--l

FlO. 3 SKaTOR SHOWING ErnOTlV& WIDTH 0' PtLLAR '0. CALCULATING

SoIL Pa_oa.
S.S Safe guarding or structures and Itructural meDlben against OYer-turD.
ing and horizontal sliding_hall be verified. Imposed loads having favout-
able effect .hall be disregarded Cor the purpose. Due consideration •halI
be given to the poIIibility 01 soil being permanently or temporarily
removed.

f. PATIGUE
4.1 0.,.--1 - Fatigue cracb are Ulually initiated at points or hlgh Itrell
concentration. Thae Itre.. concentratioDi may be caused by or uaociateel
with holes ( IUch .. bolt or rivet hola ill .tee! .tructurel ). welda Indud-
inl Itray or fOlion. iD Iteel structures. derecta in materiall, and local and
leDeral changea in geometry or memben. The eracb usually propogate
.f loading is contiDUOUI.
Where there il such loading cycles, sudden changel or shape or •
member or part of a member, .pedally in ~ioDl of tenlile stre.. and/or
local secondary beading. shall be avoided. Suitable step ahall be takeD to
avoid critical vibrations due to wind and other cauel.
4.2 Where necessary. penniuible Itrelles shall be reduced to allow for the
efFects of fatigue. Allowance for r.tillle .ban be made for combinationl or
ItreDe. due to dead load and im~ecl load. Streues due to wiDd and
earthquakes may be ignored when '.tillle i. ~iDI considered unlell other-
wise specified in the relevant coda or practice.

9
,.,175 ( ..... 5) .1117
Each element of the .tructure shall be designed for the number or
Itreu cycles of each magnitude to which it is estimated that the element
i. liable to be lubjected during the expected life of the Itructure. The
Dumber or cycles of each magDicude 'hall be ettimatecl in the light or
available data rCiardiDI the probable frequency of occurrence of each type
orloadinl.
New. - Apart rromthe IlDeral obtervatlODI made la.r.ID the code I. unable
to plOvide any ~lIe suiciDe. iD _timatiDs the probabllacic b.haviour and r.po...
or ItructUfti of"artou. type. arl.iDI out of repetilive loadinl approachinl ratil ll 8
cODditloDl la .true'ural memben, jointl. ma'.riall, etc.

5. ITRUartJR.L IADTY DCRINO CONSTRUCTION

5.1 Allioacll required to be carried by the structures or any part of it
due to storage or posidoning of constructioD materials and erection equip-
ment indudiug all load. due to operation of such equipment, shall be
coDiidered u ereeeien load•• Proper provision shall be made, including
temporary bracing. to take care of aU ,tresses due to erection loads. The
Itructure as a whole and all parts of structure in conjunction with the
temporary bracing. shall be capable of sUltaining these erection loads
without exceeding the permissible atrases specified in respective codes of
practice. Dead load, wind load and such parts of imposed load al would
be impolcd on the structure during the period of erection shall be takeD
as actlDI together with erectioD load•.
I. ACClDBNTAL LOADS
1.1 Geaenl- The occurrence C'f accidentalloadl with • ligoificant value,
iI unlikely on a given structure over the period or time under consideration,
aDd abo in most cases is of short duration. The occurrence or an accidental
load could in maDy cases be expected to cause severe cODlequencea unlea
special me.urea are taken:
The accidental low arilinl out or human action include the
roDowiDB=
a) Impaetl and coUidons.
b) Explosion., and
c) Fire.
-
Ohar.cleri.tic of the above Itated load. are that they are Dot • COOle-
queaee of normal use and that they are undesir~. and that eztenlive
effort. are made to avoid them. A. a fflult, the probability of occurrence
of all accidental load is small where.. the cooaequencel may be severe.

10
 II, ~5 ('an5 )-1"
The caUiel or accidental loadIlQay be:
a) inadequate a.fety or
equipment (clue to poor dailD or poor
mainteD&Dce); aDd
b) wroDloperation ( due to inlU8lcieDt teachiolor traiDiDI. iDdg.
poaitiOD, nelligeDce or unfavourable aterD.1 malmlt-Dca).
In mOlt caRl, accidental load. cmly develop' uDder a combiDatioD or
leveral uaCa"ourabJe occurrence. 10 Factical appticatioDl, it may be Deea-
aary to neglect the mOlt unlikely loadL The probability of occurrence of
accidentalloadl which are neglected may difFer for difFerent conaequenca
of • pouible failure. A data bue for a detaUed calculation of the pr0ba-
bility wW Icldom be available.
N•• - DIImIIi.,. Y.:::""'"
loacla mould prertrably be
L..4,- Types ud ma.Ditude of accideatal
OD a riak a..a1YIII. Tbe .aalys••hould cOIIIider all
facton iaBu••em, the mapitude 01 the actioD, mclumBI _pre••ali•• m••ur. rOI
accJcle.I.1 utuatioDI. GeD.ally, only tb. priDcipai load bearial.yatelD Died be
delll.eeI lor relevUlt ultimate limit Itat...

1.1 Impact8 _d CoDl.I...

8.1.1 G,,,,,. -
During an impact, the kiDctiC impact energy hal to be
ablOrbed by the vehicle hitting the structure and by the Itructure itlelf'.
In an accurate analysil, the probabiJity of occurrence of an impact with a
certain energy and the deformation characteristics of the object hittiDI
the structure and the structure itself at the actual place mUlt be conaider-
ed, Impact energies for dropped objects should be based on the actual
loading capacity and lifting height.
Common lources of impact are:
a) vehicles;
b) dropped objects from amea, rork IiCu, etci
c) crane. out or control, crane failurel; and
d) fiying fragments.
The codal requirements regarding impact from vehicles aDd crana
are liyen in '.1.2 and tI.I.3.

1.1.2 CDllUiD'" B"w,,,, Y,hiel,.r "ntl

the requirement that a structure
81""',,,"
shall be able
ElnIIIIIIs - In road trame,
k)resist collision may be
...umed to be fulfilled it it i. demonstrated tbat the IU'UCtural elemeot iI
able to stop a fictitious vehicle. u described in the fonowing_ It is auum-
eel that the vehicle strikes the structural element at height of 1·2 m in any
pouible directioD and at a speed of 10 mil ( 36 km/h ).

11
• I 875 ( Part 5 ) • 1.7

-I The fictitious vehicle sball be considered to con,ist of two masses

and m. which during compresaion of the vehicle produce an impact
force increasing uniformly from zero, corresponding to the rigidities C1
and C.- It is auumed that the mass ml is breaked completely before the
braking of mass ilia begin••
The following numerical values should be used:
ml =- 400 kg, C1 - 10000 kN per m the vehicle is compressed.
m. - 12 noo kg, C. - 300 kN per m the vehicle i. compressed.
or
NO'O - The described fictitiou. colliaion correspoDd. in the cue a DOD-ela,tic
structural element to • maximum Itatlc Corce of 630 kN for the mas. ml and 600 kN
Cor the mall m. irrelpectiv8 orthe elasticity. It will. therefore, be 08 tbe sare aide to
aaume tbe laatic Coree to be 630 kN.
In addition. braking of the mass "'1 will result in
an impact wave,
the effect of which will depend to a great extent on the kind of structural
element concerned. Consequently J it will not always be sufficient to design
for the Itatic force.
6.1.3 Sajity Rtliling, - With regard to safety railings put up to protect
structures against coUi.ioD due to road traffic) it should be shown that the
railings are able to resist on impact as described in 6.1.2.
No". - Whea a vehicle collide. with safety railings. the kinetic eDellY or the
.ehic!e will l)e absorbed ill part by the deformation of the railing. and, in part by
the Cl.formation of the vehicle•. The part of the kinetic eoerSy which the rUlinp
.houle! be able to ablOrb without brl'akiDI down may be determiDed OD the buia or
the . .\lmed rilidityor the vehicle durinl tbe comprealioD.
6.1.4 Craft' Imp"" Load 011 Buff', Stop - The basic horizontal load Py
( tonnes ) t acting along the crane track produced by impact of the crane
on the bufFer stop. is calculated by the following formula:
P, - M Y.,F
where
V - speed at which the crane is travelling at the moment of
impact ( assumed equal to half the nominal value) (mil);
F =- maximum shortening of the buffer, assumed equal to 0·1
m for light duty, medium-duty and heavy-duty cranes with
ftexible load au_pension and loading capacity not exceed-
ing 50 t, and 0·2 m in every other cranes; and
M - the reduced crane mall (t.s'/m); and is obtained by the
formula:

M - !.[~+
g 2
(Pt + kQJ ~-=!-
Lk ]

12
 II • 175 ( Part 5 ) • 1.7

where
, - acceleration due to gravity ( 9·81 mI.· )j
P, - crane bridge weight (t)j
p. - crab weight (t)j
k- a coeflicient. auwned equal to zero for cranes with flexible
load suspension and equal to one for eranea with riSid
suspension;
Q == crane loading capacity (t)i
L~ - crane span (m}i and
I .. nearne.. of crab (m).
8.2 £apl0.lo. .
6.2.1 G'II,rtll -- ExplosioDi may caule impulsive loading on a structure.
The following types of explosions Ire particularly relevant:
a) Internal gas explosions which may be caused by leakage of gu
piping ( including pipiDg outlide the room). evaporation from
volatile liquids or unintentional evaporation from surface mate-
rial (for example. fire ) i
b) Internal dust explosions;
c) BojJ~, railure;
d) Ex.temalgu doud explosion.; and
e) External explosions of high-explosivel (TNT. dynamite ).
The codal requirement regarding internal gu rxp)olioDI is given
in 1.2.2.
1.2.2 EJlplosiD. EJ/ie" i" C10l,tl Rooml -- Gu esplOlion may be caused,
for example, by leakl in gas pipes ( inclusive of pipes outside the room ),
evaporation from volatile liquids or unintentional evaporation of SU from
wall sheathings ( for example, caused by fire ). .
No-n I - The .fFect or .xpIOlio. deDeDdl 0. the apladiDK medium. tb.
cODc.ntratioD or tbe explc.ioD, the Ihape or tb. room, JM*ibiliti.. of ventilatloB 01
the expJolioa, and the ductility aDd dynamic properti. or the Itr1lcture. 18 room.
with little pasaibility for reller or tb. prnaure Irom the aplOlioD, very lUi- pr.-
IUrei may occur.
IDt.rnal overprellure from aD inte....' I_ nplOliDD ia room. 01 .izel compara-
ble to rnidfDtial roollll aDd with v.alil.lion are.. eonliitiDI or WiDdow I'"
bftakiDI at a pre..ur. or C kN/ml ( 3-4 mm machi.. mad. II. . ) lDay be calculated
from the rollowiDllDetbod:
a) The overprellUr. i. . .umed 10 depeDd oa • factor ~IV. wh.re A I. tb. total
window .rea III ml , V it tbe volume ia ID' 01 tb. room cODlid.recI.

13
• ,175 (Put 5 ) • 1117
b) The iDte...al pn.ur. I. auumed to act almultaneoUII, upoa all ••11. aDd
loon ia oae clOied roolD.
c) Tbe aetioD f. may be take. U Itatic actioa.

Ir accouat I. talE.. or &b. ti..e cune or actloD. tbe folio-IIII ( Pil_ 4) Icbematic
carrtlpoadeacl Hew... preaure aDd time I. "UlBed, wbere ,_ I, tb. tim~ from the
Itart 01 combultloD UDtll muilDum preMUre it reacbed, .ad II iI lb. rime from
madlDulD prlllUr. to th••acI 01 cODlbu.tioD. Por '. and 'It lb. mOlt UDCavourable
.1
.aluel I.ulel be cbGMII i. nlacloD to the dy..amlc propert_ or the Itructurel.
HoweY., tb. value••bould be cbOiea wllbia th. latervall IlYea iD Pil. 5.
H0ftI2 - PI~ f iI bu.d 011 tedl with PI .XpJOIJOIII bJ room COITrIJ'.ODdJll1
to ordlDary relideDtl.' flatl and Ibould, tberefore, Dot be applied to cODliderably
dUFereat CODditiODI. The Ipre corrspoDdI to .. explOlioD e....d by towa ~ aDd
it mllbl therefore, be lomewba' 08 the .r•• Id. ia room. where there iI oDly the
poIIibilit, or I ' " with. low... rate 01combUitioa.
n. pr8IIUN lDay he applied IOlel, ia ODe room or ID more IOOmi at the _me
d ••• III tbe latter ~Me. all room. an lacorporated ID tb. volulII. V. ODly wiDdowa
or other limllarl, weak . . Ii,bt wei,bt Itructural .Iemea', may be takeD to be
.eatilatioD .......... tbroUlb certalD limited .tructural partI br.k at preaurel Jell
aU. f ••
Plpre 4 Ia tina purely u Iuide and probability or occurreDce or aD .xplO1iOD
Ihoald be checked ia ••cb cue uliDS appropriate y.luel.

1.3.1 CA"rtl&lIri,'ie Val"" ..... As regards buildinp in which the indivi-

dual Roon are acted upon by a total characteristic imposed action of up
to 5-0 kN/ml • vertical actions on air raid shelters generally loca1ed below
IfOWld level, for example, buement. etc. mould be conaidercd to have
the following characteristic values:
a) Buildings with up to 2 storeys 28 kN/ml
b) Buildings with 3 to 4 storey. 34 kN/ml
c) BuildiDp with more than 4 storeys 41 kN/ml
d) BuildiDp of particularly stable construction 28 kN/ml
irrelpective or the number of Itoreya
In the cue of buildinp with ftooR that are acted upon by a charac-
teriltic imposed action larger than 5-0 IIN/ml , the above valurl should be
increased by the difFerence between the avuage imposed action on all
.toreys above the one concerned and 5-0 kN/ml •
No.,. 1 - By dorey. it II uDdentoocl, every utili••bl••torey above the Ihelter.
No.,. 2 - By buildiDl1 or. particular liable CODltructioD it i. underatoocl, build..
I..~. in wbich the loacl-beariDIltructu,.. ar. made from reinforced iII-,il. CODere'e,

14
 IS I 175 ( 'an 5 ) • 191'1

90
80
70
"-
ii
10
"- .....
~
""lI
~
:"lll
20
10 A ..,
o 1 1 Vm

'ao." SCITOB SHOWIRO Ra4TloN B!J.WUN P.EIIO•• AND TIII&

q,
tkN/m 2)
Cl 0·1.<t, < '·Os
1·0,<ft < 10s

I t,......--t
... I _ I TIME (.1
l -...
FIO.5 SIt&TCH SHOWING Tlua INnaVAL AND PIlUlUU

'.t 1'....
1.4.1 Gmml - Poaible extraordinary loads during a fire may be
coDlidered .. accidental actions. Ezamplet are loads from people aloDI
aca~ routa and loada on another atructure from Itrueture failiDI becauae
of .. fire.
8.••2 711.... F,ffd Duri•• Fin - The thermal eft'ect durinl fire may
be determined &om ODe 01 the tollowiDl methods:
a) Tiloe-temperature curve and the required fire rautaDce
( miDutea ). or
b) EaefIY baIaDce method.
If the thermal "eet durinl fire i. determined from energy balance
method, the fire load i, taken to be:
q - 121,
15
tl I 115 ( 'an 5 ) • 1"
where
fJ =- fire action ( KJ per m l floor ), and
tb == required fire resistance (minutes) ( SI' IS : 1642·1960· ).
NOTB - The fire actioD is defined a. the total quantity or
heat produced by
complete combustron or all combustible material in the fire compartment, iDclulive
of stored goods and equspmeae tOleth.r wiah buildiDI structurea and building
materials.
7. OTHER LOADS
7.1 Other loads not included in the present code such as special loads
due to technical procels, moisture and shrinkage effects, etc, should be
taken into account where stipulated by building design codes or established
in accordance with the performance requirement of the structure.
8. LOAD COMBINATIONS
8.0 Geller.1 - A judicious combination of the loads ( specified in Partl 1
to 4 of this standard and earthquake ). keeping in view the probabi-
lity of: .
a) their acting together, and
b) their disposition in relation to other loads and severity of Itresaes
or deformations caused by combinations of the various loads is
necessary to ensure the required safety and economy in the design
of a structure.
8.1 Load COlDblaatio•• -- Keeping the aspect specified in 8.0. the vari-
ous loads should, therefore, be combined in accordance with the stipulations
in the relevant design codes. In the absence of such recommendations,
the following loading combinations, whichever combination produce. the
most unfavourable effect in the building. foundation or structural member
concerned may be adopted ( as a general guidance). It should also be
recognized in load combinations that the simuitaneoul occurrence of maxi-
or
mum values wind, earthquake. imposed and snow loads is not likely.
a) DL
b) DL+IL
c) DL+WL
d) DL+EL
e) DL+TL
f) DL+IL+WL
g) DL+IL+EL
.Code of practice Cor ..rety of buildiap (Ieaeral): Ma&erials aDd detail. of
construction.

16
 II. 875 ( Part 5 ) • 198'
h) DL.... IL+TL
n DL+WL+TL
k) DL+EL+TL
m) DL+IL+WL+TL
n) DL+IL+EL+TL
(DL == dead load, 1L - imposed load, Jf'L - wind load,
EL - earthquake load, TL - temperature load ).
NOTBI- When snow load is present on roofs, replace imposed load by .now
load for the purpose of above load cunlbination••
NOTa 2 - Tbe relevant design cod••han be followed tor permiuible .tre.a
when the structure i. de.igned by working Itreu method aDd for partial safety facton
wht"n tbe structure i. deailned by limit state deeign metbod for eacb of tbe above
load combinations.
NOD 3 - Whenever impoted load (IL) it combined witb earthquake load (EL),
tbe appropriate part of imposed load u .~iaed in IS: 1893-1984••bould be usea
both for evaluatin, .arthquak. effect and for combined load effects used in .uch
combination.
NOTJI4 - For tbe purpose of .tability of the strucrure u. wbol. againlt over-
tumiol. the restorinl moment Ihall be not Ie•• thaa .·2 times the maximum over·
turninlr moment due to dead load plUi 1'4 tim.. the maximum overlurninl mument
dll. to imposed load•• In cases where dead load provides tbe resloring moment, only
(\'9 times the dead load shan b. cODlidered. Tbe r ••torin.r momenls Clue to imposf'd
Inndl ,hall be ipored.
NOTa 5 - The .tructur. mall have a ractor against sliding of not 18s than , ....
under the most advene combination of the applied loam/CorCel. In this cue, only 0'9
time. the dead load shall b. taken into account.
NOTII: 6 - Where tbe bear in, preasure on soil due to wind alone is leu than 25
prrcent ofrhat due to d.ad lo.d and Imposed load, it may be nell~cted in deli,R.
Wbere this exceeds 25 percent foundation may b. 10 pro~tioned tbat the pressure
due to combined efFesct ofdead load, imposed load and wind load does not exceed
the allowabl. beariDI pr.....r. by more than 25 perceat. Wh,.n earthquake efFect is
included. the permiaibl.. incre it allowable bearing preaure in tbe IOU shall be in
accordanc. with IS : 1893·198 ••
Reduced imposed load (1£) .pecified iii- Part 2 ohhi,ltand.ed for tbe desip or
lupportin,ltructures Ihould not be applied ia combination with earthquak. foreet.
NOT. 7 - Orb..f loacb and accidental load combinatioDi not included sbould be
dealt with appropriately.
Noora 8 - Crane load combinations at. covered UDder Put 2 of thit ItaDdard
(", fi.4 of Part 2 or .thia ,taDdard ).

17
18 I 875 ( Part , ) • 1987

( C."tinu,d from I'd" 2 )

Panel on Loads ( Other than Wind Loads ), BOC 37 : P3

CD"WII" ",,,,,.,i,,,
T. N. SUBaA RAO GammoD India Limited. Bombay
SHBI
DB S. V. LOIIEAB ( ~I"'II." )
M,mb",
SSRI R. R. KULKARNI M. N. n••tur ~ Co Ltd, Calcutta
S.al M. L. MEaT. MetalJurlical & Enlmeerial CODiullant. ( India)
Ltd, aancbi
S. .I s. K. DATT~ ( AI,,,,,.,, )
S••I T. V. S. R. A••,. R~o Structural EoaiaeeriDI Research CeDtre. CSIR
Campus, Madra
SRRI NAG.IB R. IYl:a ( AI",,",,, )
8.81 C. N. SAJMIVAIAlf C. R. Narayana aao, Madra
SU.XRJIITSJlDllCG ElCQIN•• a ( D)
CeDlr.1 Publjc Work. Department (CeDtral
D.Ilgol Orlut.atioD ). New Delhi
EXBCl1'1'IV. EKO]N.~B ( D ) VII ( AI'"uI, )
D. H. C. VIIVJ:SVARAYA National Council for CemeDt aDd Buildinl
Material•• New Deihl

18
BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS
He_que"",,:
ManIk BhavIn, 1 e.hadur Shih law Marg, NEW DBJI 110002
Telephanee: 3230131,323 3375, sa 9402
Fax: 11 11 3234082, 11 113239381, 11 11 3239382
Telegrams : MInIkIInItha
(Common eo .. 0fftceI)
Cent,., Lebo,.,o,,: Telephone
Plot No. 2018, SIte IV, Sahtblbad Industrlll Area, SlhIbibld 201010 8-nOO32
Re,'one' Office.:
.
CMtrll: MINk BhaYIn, 1 Blhadur Shih Zaflr Marg. NEW DELHI 110002
eEaetem : 1'14 CIT Schefne VII M, VI.P. Road, Manildoll, CALCUTTA 700064
3237617
3378882
Northern : sea 335-338, sector :MoA, CHANDIGAAH 180022 eo 38 43
Southern : o:..T.CImpua, IY.Sroti Road, CHENNAI 800113 2352315
f Wlltern : Mlftlkalaya, el-:jintJKt Maro'fTelephone EJchInge, AncIIerI (East), I 8329295
MUMBAI 400083
S,ench OttIce.:
'PUlhpak', Nurmahamed Shaikh Marg, Khanpur, AHMEDABAD 380001 5501348
* Peenya Indultrill Area, 1It Stage, Bangalor.Tumkur RaId,
BANGAlORE 580058
&a94955

GlI'lgatrl Complex, 5th Floor, Bhadbhada Road, T.T. Nagar, BHOPAL 482003 554021
PIoI No.82.e3, Unit VI. Ganga Nagar, BHUBANESHWAR 751001 403827
Kllalkathlr Bulldnga, 870 Avfnuhl Road. COIMBATORE 841037 2101 41
Plot No. 43. Sector 18A, Mathul1l Road, FARIDABAD 121001 8-28.01
Savltri Complex, 116G.T. Road, GHAZIABAD 201001 8-711198
5315 Ward No. 21. R.G. Barua Road, 5th By-l_, GUWAHATI 781003 541137
5-8-580, L.N. Gupta Marg, Nampally Station Road, HYDERABAD 500001 20 1083
E-52. ChItaranJ... Marg, C-SCheme, JAIPUR 302001 372125
117'418 B,S8rYadaya Nagar, KANPUR 208005 218878
seth Bhawan, 2nd Floor, Behind LHls Cinema, Naval KIehore Road, 238123
LUCKNOW 228001 .
NIT Bulking, Second FlOdr, GokuIpat Market. NAGPUR 440010 525171
Patnputra Indultrill Ellate, PATNA 800013 262305
Inlbtutfon of Er9Mera (Inct&) Bulking 1332 Shivall Nagar, PUNE 411005 323835
T.C. No. 1411421, UniverIIty P.O. Palayam, THIRUVANANTHAPURAM 685034 82117

eSaiu OffIce Is at 5 Chowringh.. Approach, P.O. Princep Street. 27 1085

CALCUTTA 700072
fS" 0fIIce is at NCMIty Chlmblrl, Grant R08d, MUMBAI 400007 3098528
*811.. 0fIcI Ie at 'P Block, Unity Bulking, NaruNrnIIIIa Square, 2223171
BANGALORE 560002